liner services

330
INTRODUCTION TO LINER TRADE This introduction is made to offer the basic understanding of the nature and the scope of Liner Shipping Business. It covers the origin and the history of growth of Liner Business as we could see it today from the earlier days of sea bourne trade. The revolution in the shipping industry and its commitment to various traders dealing world wide sitting in their territory entrusting their responsibilities on the shipping professional to move either their raw material from a different country to their point of production and their finished goods to the required point of consumption is discussed in detail in the sessions to come. Liner shipping has seen the dramatic changes in the last phase of the 20 th century. By the beginning of this century the changeover had completed with Containerization supported in some areas by Roll-on/Roll-off services accounting for almost all international movement of manufactured and semi manufactured goods. HISTORY OF LINERS From the day when people identified and designed a craft that can be floated on the sea, people started moving to different places from one place to another and whenever they had to move, they moved along with their necessaries. As this could have been the very beginning of either men or material started moving in the sea with a craft, in the later stages, whenever people could think of having more comforts while in crafts, redesigned a better craft to accommodate more persons and also more commodity / goods, the same have been carried between two places and slowly between ports across the world.

Upload: andhakannan

Post on 27-Apr-2015

2.309 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Liner Services

INTRODUCTION TO LINER TRADE

This introduction is made to offer the basic understanding of the nature and the scope of Liner Shipping

Business. It covers the origin and the history of growth of Liner Business as we could see it today from the

earlier days of sea bourne trade. The revolution in the shipping industry and its commitment to various

traders dealing world wide sitting in their territory entrusting their responsibilities on the shipping professional

to move either their raw material from a different country to their point of production and their finished goods

to the required point of consumption is discussed in detail in the sessions to come.

Liner shipping has seen the dramatic changes in the last phase of the 20 th century. By the beginning of this

century the changeover had completed with Containerization supported in some areas by Roll-on/Roll-off

services accounting for almost all international movement of manufactured and semi manufactured goods.

HISTORY OF LINERS

From the day when people identified and designed a craft that can be floated on the sea, people started

moving to different places from one place to another and whenever they had to move, they moved along with

their necessaries. As this could have been the very beginning of either men or material started moving in the

sea with a craft, in the later stages, whenever people could think of having more comforts while in crafts,

redesigned a better craft to accommodate more persons and also more commodity / goods, the same have

been carried between two places and slowly between ports across the world.

Arab dhows have for centuries engaged in the trade between the Arabian Gulf and East Africa mainly

depending upon winds that blow them either northeast or southwest across the Indian Ocean.

In the initial stages when people started trading in the other place/country leaving their own place/country,

they started carrying goods that can be traded in the different part of the world, in the ships. In most of the

cases, the Merchant happened to be the owner of the ship and he carried his own goods to Trade. As the

Trader was performing more roles one as the owner of the ship and another as the trader, he had one

another important role to play that was of the Captain of the Ship also to monitor the crew and control the

ship’s activity and ship’s up keeping. As the Captain he would seek out primly his own cargo to trade for his

profits and the concentration on various activities of managing the ship as in the position of a Captain as well

as performing the Trade was felt to be a difficult task and this tough task laid the way for the trader or the

vessel owner to appoint personnel to take care of the ship activity and to manage it technically. This was the

first ever step by the vessel owner to appoint personnel to run the ship on his behalf under his instructions.

Page 2: Liner Services

Though the Merchant had good comfort of engaging professional to run the ship and to upkeep the ship, till

the invention of steam power in 1820s, the ships had to fully depend on the wind flow and based on the

directions of wind flow only the Merchants were trading.

The success of the business and the business profits were entirely based on the fortune of Wind Flow and

the successful completion of voyage and hence there was absolutely no fixed sailing of the ships.

During 1820s for the first time, ships have become independent of the wind. When the ships could sail on

their own without the influence of weather conditions and the wind flows, Merchants could fix certain

timetable for the vessels to sail from one port.

After 4 decades, during 1860s, when the steam power has become more reliable, larger size vessels were

put in operation and this was enabling the vessel owners to offer regular scheduled services in main trade

routes.

Keeping the above to be the beginning of Liner Service, the seaborne trade was carried out in many forms

based on the type of ship. There could be no interchangeability of the cargo from one vessel to another

unless both the vessels are of same nature. When container ships can carry all types of cargo in enclosed

containers, specific ships were used to carry products like Grain, Ores and Liquid nature. Ro-ro ships and

ferries were used to carry cargo on trucks or other wheeled vehicles.

Most of the seaborne trade, say about 90%, is of bulk cargo and homogenous in nature. This consists iron

ore, manganese ore, coal, forest products, bauxite, phosphates and grains. Since these type of commodity

are traded in bulk in huge volume and one vessel is capable of carrying only one type of cargo (unless and

otherwise specific designs are made to carry more than one cargo), the vessels engaged to carry these type

of products are called ‘BULK CARRIERS’. The size of the ship vary from few hundred tones cargo carrying

capacity to a maximum of over 0.3 million tones.

Apart from Bulk Carriers, other large group of vessels are designed to carry liquid Cargoes and/or Gas and

called “TANKERS”. These vessels are specially designed to meet the demands of the type of cargo they will

have to carry.

After the containerization and the change of packing style to accommodate cargo in containers to ship-out

from one port to another, the volume of growth in container traffic got increased and today many a bulk

commodity which were traded on bulk basis now being traded in containers.

Page 3: Liner Services

In total, moving goods by sea or waterways is found to be the most economic method of transport in terms of

the cost per ton-mile base. It is estimated that 90% of the world’s trade is carried by sea and that this

represents some 20 trillion ton miles. Statistics shows that the volume of goods carried by sea has

increased nine-fold in the last 50 years.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the path the sea-borne trade undergone to reach its present level. Also indicate the factors that

influenced the growth of seaborne trade.

Page 4: Liner Services

UNIT 1.2

CHARECTERISTICS OF LINER SERVICES

We have seen in the introduction session the necessity and the development of Liner Services. In this

session we shall discuss about the characteristics of Liner Services.

Before we get into the steps of understanding the characteristics of Liner Services, it is essential for us know

the evolvement of such a system and its contribution in the development of world economy and the off-

setting supply and demand of one commodity from one country to another and the reverse process.

Not all the lands in the world are fertile capable of growing all type of crops. Not all the countries are

technologically developed and to manufacture electronic goods. The climatic conditions of the countries are

not the same to encourage few manufacturing process.

Hence where one particular item can be manufactured at a better economical cost, after meeting the demand

in the local area, the surplus has to necessarily be supplied to the demanding country in order to exchange it

with the requirement of the supplying country. Though the barter sale system cannot be followed for all type

of supplies from one country to exchange it with a different commodity, exchanging of value using currency

adopted to exchange the commodity for a fixed currency.

When a price is given to get something, as a matter of fact, the conditions too get attached with the price

while placing order to receive commodity and while supplying commodity also conditions are placed.

Any supply of goods in exchange for its value using an accepted convertible currency, in order to gain the

real value the exchange should take place in a mutually acceptable way for both the supplier and the

receiver or user. The mutual acceptance of supply and the payment of value should be in a clearly

understandable terms for both the supplier and the receiver / buyer. The word of mouth transactions are

possible only when the meeting of both the parties to the transaction takes place. As we have noticed from

the introductory notes for this subject, in earlier days, the merchant himself owned a craft and taken care of

the movement of goods and the buyers upon seeing the goods offered the value equivalent upon mutual

discussions.

Page 5: Liner Services

At a later stage, when the communication facilities evolved, the thinking and the requirement got reduced in

writing and this formed the basic agreements between parties for the supply and exchange of goods /

equivalent value currency.

This started with the following few of the important expectations from both the buyer and seller side:

a) Order Placing by the buyer on seller

b) Indicative time of requirement of commodity

c) The value offered by the buyer

d) The acceptance by the buyer for the value

e) The acceptance by the buyer for supply of commodity at the expected time

f) The style of packing and

g) Other commercial terms

When the trade has grown and the parties could project their requirement with the help of effective planning,

the planning at both their end began to make out the trade, and sale / purchase a successful one. The

planning began for the shipments to be made available in a specific place when the usage of steam power

was contributing ships to schedule the activities. Before the development of Liner Services, as and when a

merchant had the cargo ready for shipment to another country, he used to engage a ship only to carry his

cargo for transporting it from his port to the next port.

Generally dry bulk and liquid cargoes were moved in the vessels called Tramp Ships. Tramp Service means

that the ship tramps or goes from place to place wherever the cargo opportunities direct without any forward

geographical planned route. This may be understood thinking a tramp vessel as a taxi which is hired to go

from place to another, having completed that journey it has to find its next employment. This does not imply

in any way that the ships are not well maintained or in any other way sub-standard, on the contrary some of

the most modern and sophisticated vessels afloat operate in tramp trades. In nutshell, tramp service is a

service that is available to any trader or merchant as when there is requirement to carry cargo from one port

to another. Like a liner trade, tramp service does not have a fixed sailing route, fixed schedule or regularity

of service. As mentioned in the beginning dry bulk and liquid cargo is moved in tramp vessels.

The merchants needs and their commercial transactions coupled with the execution of the same laid a way

and demanded the ship operators to have few common features and slowly this developed to the current

modern system of liner operations. When tramp services could be availed only for specific type of cargo and

for huge volume only, the liner services, with the help of containerization could address the movement of

small quantum of cargo from one port to another.

Page 6: Liner Services

The present Liner Services have the following ingredients in it:

COMMON CARRIER

Common carrier is a carrier who holds himself ready to carry from place to another the goods of any person

for a hire or reward. One type of such a carrier is a ship that offers the regular scheduled service is called a

cargo Liner. A vessel engaged in transporting goods for reward and offering space to all who wish to take

advantage of offer, then it is called a liner service. A vessel is operating as a common carrier in a regular

scheduled route and in regular schedule of time, it is said to be in a Liner Service.

Until the demise of Sea Passenger Services in the 1960s, many Liners provided a combined service with

Cargo, Passengers and Mail.

As the Liner faced few a problems since it happened to have a dual functioning, it got divided into functional

types – namely The Passenger Ships and Cargo Vessels. While the passenger ships carried limited

quantities of mail also, cargo vessels were not allowed to carry passengers.

The main requirements to recognize a service, as a Liner Service will have to have the following:

FIXED SCHEDULE:

A vessel should have a fixed sailing schedule. If a vessel is expected to be available in a port either for

loading or discharge, it has to be made available irrespective of the cargo availability. For example if the

ETA of the vessel is made as 01-02-008, the vessel has to call on that particular port as scheduled.

Depending upon weather conditions and unexpected technical faults of the ship, the variance of arrival date

to a particular port will not affect the basic and basis of liner shipping function, since the delay is beyond the

control of the vessel operator.

Every Liner used to give regular advertisement announcing its arrival and departure schedule enabling the

merchants as well as their agents to plan for the shipments and to make the cargo available in the port in

order to ensure loading of the cargo in the vessel.

Any cargo moved towards the port before the window / gate opening of the particular vessel, shall have to

wait till the gate is opened enabling the port to receive the cargo / container in the respective yard.

FIXED ROUTE:

Page 7: Liner Services

Fixed Schedule goes with fixed route. A vessel expected to cover various ports will have to have a fixed time

schedule to call at the respective port. No deviation from the route will be allowed because of non-availability

of cargo at any one of the ports in the trade route fixed already.

To summarize, Liners Services sail on scheduled dates, ply on a regular scheduled service between groups

of Ports, irrespective of Cargo availability.

REGULARITY

Liner Service as seen above, it is a Common carrier having fixed trade route and a fixed schedule. With all

these, regularity in service is also one of the main characteristics of a Liner Service.

Regularity means, operating in a trade route as per schedule and just any one or trial service in the region

and calling off the service from the route. Any trial service in a route may be an ad-hoc service and this

cannot be recognized as a Liner Service.

Review Questions:

1. What is a Tramp Service?

2. Explain the characteristics of Liner Service. Can you recognize an operator who does not call few ports in

the return voyage as a Liner Service Operator?

3. Differentiate between Tramp Service & Liner Service.

Page 8: Liner Services

UNIT 1.3

LINER TRADE ROUTES

After having understood the characteristics of Liner Services, it becomes easy to have an idea about the

trade routes in which generally the Liner Services are made available or operational.

The main ingredient of a Liner Service being the common carrier operating in a fixed schedule and in a fixed

route, the trade routes of the liner companies are basically depending upon the potential in the proposed

trade route and the economics of scale.

Fixed schedule at a fixed route is justified not only on the potential of the market and the economics of scale

of operation but also on the strength of the operator to penetrate the market and to obtain his share of cargo

in order to make the vessel operation viable.

Penetration of market and capturing of cargo to the vessel is though based on offering of direct services and

better transit time, this alone cannot fetch the cargo and hence enough of consideration being given on the

pricing also.

The Liner freight rate structure and economics are discussed in detail in the ensuing sessions. The prime

Liner Routes in which the shipping companies operate are outlined for the basic understanding.

It is essential for the students to know how the shipping companies operate in the open sea covering the

entire globe sector wise and the availability of various trade routes.

Until about 50 years ago, the important Liner Trade routes were predominantly those, which connected the

European powers with their colonial empires and the USA. The geographical routes were mainly in the

North / South orientation. After the Second World War, a number of important political and economic

changes occurred which eventually altered this trading pattern completely.

Trade routes developed with gradual colonization of the continents of the world. When the wind power was

relied and no timetable was there, the Mediterranean saw the movement of Roman fleets, while Chinese

junks carried goods around the coasts of Eastern Asia.

The major sailing ship routes were as below, just prior to the advent of steam power. When sailing ships

were built in larger size, trading patterns and different routes were established.

Page 9: Liner Services

A large proportion of the cargoes exported from Europe were manufactured goods except for coal

transported in bulk.

Cargoes imported into Europe were mainly raw materials, for example –

Europe / Australasia - Wool

Europe / India - Sisal, Cotton, Tea

Europe / Far East - Rice

Europe / North & South America & Canada - Timber, Meat, Paper Pulp

Europe / Africa - Sisal, Timber, Coffee

Europe / Mediterranean - Fruits & Vegetables

The above trade was totally dependent upon wind power and as an effect of the same, there was no time

fixed for voyages and the voyages varied considerably in length.

The steam power utilization during the last century contributed for the massive development of trade routes

and paved way for the timed voyages.

In 1850, the world fleet comprised about 7 million tons of shipping, of which 90% was wind powered. By

1900, the tonnage had risen to 29 million tones, with 75% powered by machinery.

Many manufacturers required frequency of deliveries and regularity of contact with a wide area of markets

and this allowed relatively even smaller quantities of high value goods to be delivered on pre-determined

dates, which was not possible in tramp ship services.

Cargo liners were developed to meet the requirement of merchants and traders and they offered ships,

offering regular service. The first Liner service appeared in the most active sea route, the NORTH

ATLANTIC. In 1916, the American Black Ball Line started to operate and established a regular service

between New York and Liverpool and sooner this service got expanded offering weekly sailings to Liverpool

and also to London, Le Havre and other continental ports.

Page 10: Liner Services

The most used liner trade routes are –

TRANS PACIFIC

The trade routes covered under the Pacific Ocean falls under this category. This route covers the ports

between Far East / South East Asia and the North America especially the west coast of UNITED STATES

OF AMERICA and CANADA.

It is suggested to refer the Atlas to know the Ports falling under Far East / South East Asia and North

America.

NORTH ATLANTIC

The ports covered under this route will fall between North America and North West Europe.

EUROPE / FAR EAST

This covers the ports between North West Europe and Far East and South East Asia.

The above trade routes mostly concerned with finished manufactured goods and consumer goods in both the

directions

There are secondary trade routes in which one-way raw material is carried in one direction and in another

way with manufactured goods. Trade between the Far East and South America and Africa plays an important

role and these routes do have lot of future potential

There are new routes between Far East and Australasia or Indian sub Continent and Arabian Gulf to Africa.

One of the most important areas of Liner activity is in the Intra Asia trade, which are greater in size than the

transpacific trade. Though it is of Short distance because of inaccessibility or lack of infrastructure, these

tend to be liner routes in their own right operated by lift on / lift off container ships.

There are about 350 Ports in the world handling regular container traffic and for the understanding few of the

major ports in the main trade routes are given below:

Hong Kong

Busan

Page 11: Liner Services

Shanghai

Port Klang

Tokyo

Bremen

Algeciras

Durban

Singapore

Kaoshiung

Hamburg

Dubai

Manila

Gioia Tauro

Yokohama

Colombo

Melbourne

Las Angeles

Rotterdam

Antwerp

New York

Felixstowe

Based on the volume of TEUs handled, the above ports are listed above which are in the main trade route.

Review Questions:

1. Mention the major sea trade routes with commodity traded in that route

2. Mention any 20 major ports available in the world, country wise.

Page 12: Liner Services

UNIT 1.4

LINER SHIPPING OPERATORS

Out of worlds Liner cargo, 80% being carried by containers. Based on available statistics in the year 2003,

total container movement worldwide crossed 200 Million teus. More focus is made on Container Liner

Services in our ensuing lessons. In order to know the basic concepts of other shipping business activities, a

brief outline is given in this chapter. There are various types of Liner Shipping Operators. Based on the

industry and the ports they serve, they are known with different names

FEEDER OPERATOR

Every continent has lot of ports. Trading of commodities are not restricted any specific region or to a

specific port from one country or port. In the present day of technological development, every country has its

own potential and excess of production and necessarily the excess of production beyond their consumption

are being shipped out to a different country where the need is felt or where there is a demand and dearth of

production.

With the advent of steam power, though the scheduling of vessels have become possible it is not possible for

the vessels to cater to the requirement of small ports where the available potential alone cannot be met with

the requirement of filling the vessels to economize the cost of operation of vessel.

Though the trade may be interested to any one in specific point to pay a premium to meet with the schedule

of shipment, every time it may not be possible for the merchants to bear the cost of bringing the vessel to

their port to fill up a small quantum of shipment.

When the vessel operator to deploy a direct vessel routing through a particular port identifies the potential,

the vessel operator has to consider other elements also before deploying such a direct vessel into service.

The main consideration of commercial viability to operate in the particular sector, calling a specific port will

have an equal amount of importance in inbound as well as outbound traffic through that port.

Once the commercial viability is justified, the next limiting factor would be the infrastructure of the port.

Infrastructure of the port would include the draft restrictions, gate restrictions, equipment facility to operate

and also the availability of space to accommodate the containers.

Page 13: Liner Services

All the ports may not have enough of draft availability to accommodate bigger vessels and in such case

necessarily the cargo has to be carried in smaller size vessels from the port of shipment to the hub port

where the main line vessel calls.

The movement of cargo from one gateway port to the hub port is known, as Feeder Service and the

operators of such service will collect the containers from/to the hub port to/from the gateway port.

Feeder Operator undertake the movement of containers from the Gateway Port to the Hub Port where main

line vessel report and perform the only activity of providing shuttle service between the Gateway Port and the

Hub Port.

MAIN LINE OPERATOR

a) Container Ship Operator

b) Break Bulk Vessel Operator

CONTAINER SHIP OPERATOR

Unlike the feeder operator where the activities of vessel operation is being limited between the gateway port

and hub port, the mainline operator operates the vessel not limiting the services just to the gateway port and

the hub port.

The choice of selection of trade route is vested with the vessel operator and upon satisfactory analysis on the

revenue generation and the viability of operation of vessel in the particular sector the direct vessel covering

the selected ports will be put in service.

For the understanding, given below are few of the examples for Feeder Service and Main Line Service:

M/s Bengal Tiger Lines

Operating between

Chennai to Vizag/Penang, Port Klang & Singapore

Chennai to Colombo and back to Chennai

Page 14: Liner Services

M/s Sea consortium

Operating between

Chennai to Singapore and back to Chennai

Chennai to Colombo and back to Chennai

MAIN LINE OPERATORS:

The following mainline Direct Services are provided by the Main Line Operators

INDFX2 – China Sector

From Chennai to Vizag, Port Klang, Singapore, Pasir Gudang, Hongkong, Dalian, Xingang, Yantian,

Qingdao.

TCX – Thailand & Vietnam

From Chennai to Port Klang, Singapore, Bangkok, Laem Chabang, Ho Chi Minh

NCC – North China

From Chennai to Port Klang, Singapore, Hong Kong, Qingdao, Lianyungang, Shanghai

MECL – 2 – US East Coast

From Chennai to Colombo, Salalah, Jeddah, Algeciras, Savannah, Newark, Norfolk

ACS – Korea & China

From Chennai to Port Klang, Singapore, Ulsan, Busan, Shanghai, Chiwan

WAF – West Africa

From Chennai to Durban, Lagos, Abidjan, Pointe Noire, Tema

Page 15: Liner Services

NEMO – WEST – Meditarranean & Europe

From Chennai to Colombo, Djibouti, Jeddah, Damietta, Malta, La Spezia, Tilbury, Hamburg, Rotterdam, Le

Havre

NEMO – East – Mediterranean & Europe

From Chennai to Port Klang, Jakarta, Brisbane, Sydney, Melbourne, Adelaide, Lyttleton

(The above are few of the examples given keeping Chennai Port and the operators existing at the time of

preparation of this material, as the main consideration for the purpose of better understanding of the

students)

Review Questions:

1. What do you understand by Feeder Operator?

2. Differentiate between Feeder Operator / Main Liner Operator giving examples of any one region.

Page 16: Liner Services

Unit 1.5

BREAKBULK VESSEL OPERATOR

Break bulk vessel operation differs from the Container Trade and its coverage of ports with the help of feeder

service.

Break bulk vessel is put in service in a sector where there is an assured potential for cargo and the

availability of infrastructure in port to call on the required port.

Break bulk vessels are used where the commodity cannot be containerized. Examples of cargo that cannot

be in total containerized may include the following:

a) Wind Mills and Blades

b) Project Cargo – Single Point handling preference

c) Project Cargo – Heavy Weight and huge in Dimension

d) Steel Structures, etc.

Unlike the container vessels, break bulk vessels do not call at many ports at the time of voyage because of

its nature of carrying different nature of cargo.

The voyage frequency is very less as compared to container vessels.

For bulk consignments, in practice, the merchants prefer engaging a separate vessel fitted with required

gears for a given shipment in order to avoid multiple handling and also to ensure safe reaching of cargo from

the port of loading to the port of destination.

NVOCC – NON VESSEL OPERATING/OWING CONTAINER CARRIER

As the name indicates, NVOCC operators do not own a vessel. Their function is that of principal to the

shipper and they ultimately become the customer for a Liner who carries their box. Few of them may have

own containers and they will be issuing their own Bill of Lading and they will be having a wide network in the

sector they operate.

They issue their House Bill of Lading to the Shippers and they upon handing over the container to the Liner,

get Liner Bill of Lading. This Original Bill of Lading will be forwarded to the counter party of the NVOCC

operator at the destination end and they surrender this to the Liner.

Page 17: Liner Services

Alternatively, to avoid the delay in sending the original document to the destination end, the same will be

surrendered at the load port Liner / agents office itself. The Liner / Agent at the load port will send a

electronic message to the discharge port about the surrendering of original bill of lading at the load port and

to release the delivery order based on the endorsement of the freight forwarder / NVOCC operator itself.

NVOCC Operators issue House-to-House Bill of Lading or Combined Transport Document to the shipper

since they undertake the movement from the Shippers ware house and taking the responsibility of reaching

the cargo till the buyers warehouse. It is not the same pattern of working for all the operators but in the

present days, the amount of significance given to Logistics Providers are of immense importance and this

type of functioning is gaining greater acceptance among the shippers as well as buyers since the entire

activity is under single point control.

Few other operators’ just function as freight forwarders and their role of play are limited to the extent of they

contacting the shippers and booking the cargo through a particular Liner. They will have a contracted freight

charges with the Liner and depending upon their strength to offer volume of business to a particular line and

to a particular sector, they enjoy good discounts on the tariff. When they get the rates based on a

committed volume, they hunt around shippers and they book the cargo through them to a Liner wherein they

have a better freight charges. The difference in booking the price would be their profit i.e., the difference

between the buying rate and the selling rate to the customer. In this case, the bill of lading will directly be

given to the customer from the Liner office and there is no involvement of house bill of lading and the related

surrendering formalities at the destination counter.

NVOCC Operators issue Bill of Lading in any one of the following patterns:

LCL /LCL

Defines the movement of cargo packed in and unpacked from containers by the carrier on behalf of the

shipper / consignee. LCL means Less than Container Load

This means, the operator collects cargo from various shippers either from their Warehouse or advise them to

move it one common place; generally a CFS or an ICD. Upon the cargo reaching at the CFS / ICD, the

operator undertakes the responsibility of unloading the cargo from the trucks, warehousing till customs

inspection, completion of customs formalities and stowing the cargo into the container.

The operator brings in the required container and stows the cargo into it. There is no restriction on the

maximum amount of shippers and the consignees. The only caution, which needs to be taken by the

Page 18: Liner Services

operator, would be that similar nature of cargo to get stuffed in one container to avoid any possible damage

to the cargo while in transit.

Once the cargo is stowed in the container and upon completion of customs formalities, the NVOCC operator

issues the house bill of lading to the shippers. In turn, upon handling over of the container to the vessel

operator, he gets a Liner Bill of Lading and forwards the same to his counter part enabling the consignees to

take the delivery order upon surrendering the house bill of lading only.

FCL / FCL

Defines the movement of cargo packed by the shipper or shipper’s agent and unpacked by the consignee or

consignee’s agent. “FCL” means Full Container Load.

In this type of activity, it is not the Liner / NVOCC operators’ responsibility for the cargo as long as the ONE

TIME SEAL fixed in the container is intact. This is mainly because the shipper undertakes the movement of

Empty Container to the Factory Premises or to a CFS / ICD and undertakes the responsibility of all other

formalities right from the unloading of cargo till off loading the container at the CY of the port upon completion

of customs and other related formalities.

FCL/LCL

Defines the movement of cargo packed by this shipper or shipper’s agent and unpacked by the consignee or

consignee’s agent.

This type of transaction is very rare. This happens only when a shipper wishes to supply more than one

consignee. In this case, the shipper undertakes the activity like that of FCL / FCL, moves the Empty

Container to his premises stow the quantity into the container, meant for various consignees.

In this transaction, it is the shipper’s responsibility to distribute the right quantity to the consignees at the

discharge port and generally he indemnifies the Liner, if there are no exact quantities available for each of

the different consignees.

LCL/FCL

Defines the movement of cargo packed by the carrier and unpacked by the consignee or consignee's agent.

'LCL' means Less than Container Load. 'FCL' means Full Load.

Page 19: Liner Services

Few Liners offer LCL services and not all Liners. When the cargo shipped through a line that does not offer

LCL services, it goes through a consolidating agent or a NVOCC. The procedure is same but the only

difference of handing over the cargo to a Liner who offer LCL service and handing over the cargo to an

NVOCC would that be from the point view of Bill of Lading i.e., whether it is a House Bill of Lading issued by

a NVOCC or a Liner Bill of Lading.

When the liner receives the cargo, he issues Line’s Bill of Lading and when a NVOCC receives the cargo, he

issues a House Bill of Lading.

House Bill of Lading is also accepted under a documentary credit as per the UCP 500 publication.

The movement of LCL/FCL shipments commences from the movement of cargo by the shipper to the

designated depot (ICD / CFS) by the Liner / NVOCC and getting completed once the container is de-vanned

the exact quantity and is given to the consignees at the discharge port.

Here the Liner / NVOCC’s responsibility will be same as Break-Bulk cargo shipment. The Line / NVOCC

carries responsibility for each and every package and at discharge port has to take the goods out from the

container and hand over to the respective consignee.

BULK SERVICES

Bulk shipments are effected for a few of the specific cargoes like coal, ores, grains, fertilizers, minerals and

etc. When the cargoes are shipped out in loose from with out any packing, it can be called as bulk shipment.

COAL

Coal is an energy source, used to produce power and also it is a heat generating material. As the power

generation grows up day to day and more number of coal based new power generating plants coming up in

the territory where the consumption is more and the supply has to be met out, in these regions essentially the

coal has to be consumed. The movement of coal will be in bulk and bulk carriers are used. As the basic

price of the coal is low, no other mode of packing and transporting in a different fashion would make the cost

of production of power viable. This is one of the main reasons for bulk shipment of coal.

ORES

Page 20: Liner Services

Metals are produced from smelting mineral ores. There are many Mineral ores like Bauxite, Iron Ore and

etc. Iron Ore is the single largest product to manufacture iron and steel. As per the records, in the year 2001

about 450 million tons of iron ore were moved in ships.

Ores are normally loaded and discharged at specialized terminals. An Ore Terminal will have deep water

alongside enabling a bulk carrier to get loaded and with enough of stocking area to facilitate high volume of

cargo feeding into the ship through conveyors. Specialized Gantry type grab fitted cranes will be usually

engaged to carry out the activity of discharging with cargo being removed from the quay by conveyor belts to

the respective storage area.

GRAINS

Grains are generally traded in bulk are for human or animal consumption. This will include wheat, Soya, rice

and the seeds of such crops as sunflower, flax and cotton. Based on the available records it is estimated

that some 220 million tones are being moved in bulk carriers every year worldwide.

Loading of grains is usually by grain elevators from shore silos. Discharging facilities vary from Port to Port.

Pneumatic Suction systems are in use at most of the world’s major grain importing Ports. Other few methods

of unloading include mechanical bucket or screw elevator or simply with grabbing shore cranes.

OTHER DRY BULK CARGOES

Apart from Coal, Ore and Grains, few other commodities are also moved by sea. This will include Fertilizers,

Building materials, Timber, Steel, and Minerals and other Manufactured goods and so on.

Few of the products may require specialized ship such as refrigerated carriers to carry cargo that of

perishable in nature like fruit, vegetables, fruit juices and meat products. These ships will have insulated

holds equipped with refrigeration equipment to keep the cargo at the exactly required temperature range.

They are also designed to for a relatively high speed enabling the produces to get delivered quickly and in

good condition.

TYPES OF VESSELS USED

Depending upon the Ports facility to load and discharge, vessels will be nominated to carry shipments

between two ports. Either the vessel themselves should have necessary Cranes to discharge or the shore

cranes will have to be engaged for the purpose of discharging from the vessel. While the discharge

operation is considered more with the cranes, loading is usually by conveyor from the Shore.

Page 21: Liner Services

Bulk carriers are generally classified into three types based on their capacity to carry cargo and they are

known as:

a) CAPESIZE VESSELS - Over 80,000 Deadweight Tons

b) PANAMAX VESSELS - 60,000 TO 80,000 MT

c) HANDYMAX VESSELS - 30,000 TO 35,000 MT

NATURE OF BULK TRADE

Bulk vessels are scheduled based on the cargo availability only. There is neither a fixed sailing schedule

nor fixed routes. Wherever and whenever there is an availability of cargo, cargo owner gets in touch with the

vessel owner or their agents and the time is fixed to make the vessel available in one specific port.

ROLE OF AGENTS & BROKERS

There is a big role played by the Brokers in bulk trade in fixing the vessel and they as middlemen bring the

vessel owner and the proposed chatterer together to come to common line of understanding to carry out the

activity. They take their remuneration in the form of commission for such fixing of the vessels from the vessel

owner.

The role of the brokers and their network is inevitable in the bulk carrier business. They become the point of

contact on behalf of the shipper directly or through some other middleman in between them. Sometimes the

number of middlemen involvement in finalizing one shipment may go beyond two/three and in such

occasions, the parties share their commission as per their understanding and the role played by each one of

them.

Students are advised to refer the books on Chartering and Bulk Vessel Operations to understand more about

the nature of vessels fixing and the responsibility of various parties involved in finalizing a vessel to a

particular voyage or for a particular time.

To summarize the bulk trade, bulk carriers do not provide Liner Services and they are known as Tramp

Services. They will be undertaking the voyage based on the cargo availability between any two or more

ports as per the terms of the charter party and according to the ports facility available for the vessel to call at

the port. The term of chartering may be for any one particular voyage or for more number of voyages or for

some specified period of time.

Page 22: Liner Services

Review Questions:

1. Explain the nature of Bulk Trade with example. Can you term the bulk shipping activity as liner activity?

Justify your answer with suitable examples.

2. What is the difference between Bulk & Break Bulk trade

3. What do you understand by the term NVOCC? Explain the role of NVOCC in the Liner Shipping Trade.

4. Brief the terms – LCL/LCL, LCL/FCL

Page 23: Liner Services

UNIT 1.6

ROLL ON / OFF LINER SERVICES

Worldwide much different type of commodities is traded. Every single commodity has got its own packing

style to protect its safe reaching from the point of shipment till the point of destination.

Many of the commodities are sensitive in nature this may require minimal amount of handling.

Containerization though found a solution for many of the bulk commodities to get shipped in boxes with

better packing ensuring safety and avoidable direct multiple handling on cargo, yet certain items cannot be

shipped out in containers or in break bulk / con bulk carriers.

The avoidance of multiple handling gets reduced while using Ro-Ro vessels.

Cars and other cargoes, which can be loaded on to the trailers fitted with moveable wheels, may get loaded

on these types of vessels just by driving the units into the vessels. In the same way unloading (driving off)

from the vessel also takes place.

These types of vessels are not many in numbers.

To handle these vessels, port should have adequate infrastructure. There should be enough of space to

accommodate the entire shipment quantity nearer the wharf to feed the vessel immediately upon her

berthing.

Roll-on / roll-off ships are designed to carry wheeled cargo such as automobiles, trailers or railroad cars. This

is in contrast to lo-lo vessels, which use a crane to load and unload cargo.

Ro-ro vessels have built-in ramps, which allow the cargo to be efficiently “rolled on” and “rolled off” the vessel

when in port. While smaller ferries that operate across rivers and other short distances still often have built in

ramps, the terms RORO is generally reserved for larger ocean-going vessels.

TYPES:

Various types of RORO vessels include ferries, cruiseferries, cargo ships and barges. A true RORO’s ramps

can serve all of the vessel’s decks; otherwise it is a hybrid type. New automobiles that are transported by

Page 24: Liner Services

ship around the world are often moved on a large type of RORO called a Pure Car Carrier (PCC) or Pure Car

Truck Carrier (PCTC).

Unlike in the shipping industry where cargo is measured by the metric tonne, RORO cargo will typically be

measured in the more convenient unit of lanes in metres (LIMs). This is calculated by multiplying cargo

length in metres by its width in lanes (lane width differs from vessel to vessel and there are a number of

industry standards). Aboard PCCs cargo capacity is measured in RT or RT 43 units which is based on a

1966 Toyota or by car equivalent units (CEU).

The largest RORO barges in the world operate between the Unitd States and Pureto Rico carrying highway

trailers, shipping containers on Chassis, new and used cars, and oversized cargoes on three decks. These

barges are towed by ocean-going tugs.

In 1957, the US military issued a contract to the Sun Shipbuilding and Dry Dock company in Chester, PA for

the construction of a new type of motorized vehicle carrier. The ship, Comet, had a stern ramp as well as

interior ramps which allowed cars to drive directly from the dock, on the ship, and into place. Loading and

unloading was speeded dramatically. Comet also had an adjustable chocking system for locking cars on to

the decks, and a ventilation system to remove any exhaust gases that accumulated during vehicle loading.

CAR CARRIERS :

Since 1970 the market for exporting and importing cars has increased dramatically and the number and type

of Ro/Ros has increased also. In 1973, Japan’s K Line built the European Highway, the first Pure Car

Carrier, which carried 4,200 automobiles. Today’s pure car carriers and their close cousins, the Pure Car /

Truck Carrier are distinctive looking ships with a box-like superstructure running the entire length and breadth

of the bull, fully enclosing and protecting the cargo. They typically have a stern ramp and a side ramp for

dual loading of many thousands of vehicles, as well as extensive automatic fire control system.

At first, wheeled vehicles carried as cargo on oceangoing ships were treated like any other cargo.

Automobiles had their gas tanks emptied and their batteries disconnected before being hoisted into the ship’s

hold, where they were chocked and secured. This process was tedious and difficult, vehicles were subject to

damage, and could not be used for routine travel.

Roll-on/roll-off (RORO or ro-ro) ships are designed to carry wheeled cargo such as automobiles, trailers or

railroad cars. This is in contrast to lo-lo (lift on-lift off) vessels, which use a crane to load and unload cargo.

Page 25: Liner Services

RORO vessels have built-in ramps, which allow the cargo to be efficiently "rolled on" and "rolled off" the

vessel when in port. While smaller ferries that operate across rivers and other short distances still often have

built-in ramps, the term RORO is generally reserved for larger ocean-going vessels.

The modern roll-on / roll – off ship can trace its origins back more than one hundred years to the early days

of the steam train. Ships were specially designed to take trains across rivers which were too wide for

bridges; the ships were equipped with rails, and the trains simply rolled straight on to the ship, which sailed

across the river to another rail berth where the train would roll off again.

An example is the Firth of Forth ferry in Scotland, which began operations in 1851.

The principle was applied to merchant ships in the late 1940s and early 1950s. It proved to be extremely

popular, especially on short sea ferry routes, encouraged by technical developments on land as well as sea,

notably the increase in road transport.

For the merchants, the RO-RO ship offered a number of advantages over traditional ships, especially speed.

Cars and lorries can drive straight on to a RO-RO a ship at one port and off at the port of destination.

RO-RO ships also integrate well with other transport development, such as containers and the use of

Customs-sealed units has enabled frontiers to be crossed with the minimum of delay, thereby further

increasing the efficiency of the vessel as well as the shipper.

RO-ROs have also proved extremely popular with holidaymakers and private car owners and have

significantly contributed to the growth of tourism. Until the early 1950s, someone wishing to take his car from

one country to another by seas had to get it loaded into the ship’s hold by crane, a time consuming and

expensive process. The development of the Ro-Ro car ferry changed all that and many ports boomed as a

result.

In the United Kingdom, Dover’s first paid of drive-on berth was opened in 1953. Until then the port had

handled only 10,000 crane-loaded cars each year and forecasts that the berths would enable the port to

handle ten times that many must have seemed decidedly optimistic. But the 100,000 figures were exceeded

in the first and by 1985 Dover was handling over 2.5 million vehicles and units through nine Ro-Ro berths.

By 1994 the total had risen to more than 4.5 million.

During the year 194, 4,600 RO-RO ships were in operation around the world. They are particularly popular

in Europe and trading patterns reflect this. RO-RO operates primarily between Europe and North America

Page 26: Liner Services

and Europe and the Middle East, although there is an important trade between North America and the

Caribbean.

The world RO-RO fleet can be subdivided into a number of different types. They include ships designed to

carry freight vehicles only; to carry a combination of containers and freight vehicles and to transport cars

without passengers. There are various other types and freight only RO-RO ships from about two thirds of the

world RO-RO fleet at present.

The best known RO-RO ships are ferries designed to transport commercial vehicles and private cars,

together with large numbers of passengers, usually on short voyages.

Despite their commercial advantages, the roll-on/roll-off ship concept has not been without problems. In

particular, the huge open deck and the presence of doors near the water line presents points of weakness

that need to be carefully considered. While the characteristics of seagoing RORO car ferries have inherent

risks, there are benefits to be seaworthiness. For example, the car carrier Cougar Ace listed 80 degrees to

its port side in 2006 but did not sink, since its high-enclosed sides prevented water from entering.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the Ro-Ro service and its importance in the present global scenario. Can this be a replacement for

any one specific liner service activity?

Page 27: Liner Services

UNIT 1.7

CONTAINER LINER SERVICES

CONTAINERISATION:

The method of cargo handling remained same for many years together. Cargoes packed as bales, pallets,

cases, barrels and bundles were handled individually. Cargo was carried or hand trucked from quay side to

ship’s hold and stowed manually in place and the reverse of operation performed at the destination side.

The use of cranes and other devices for lifting many items at a time required lot of labour force to perform

and complete the activities. Organizing such a labour force and completion of task of receiving and stowing

the cargo was involving huge amount of time resulting in poor productivity of port area as well as huge idling

of vessel. Vessels were to wait in the berth till the discharge and completion of loading cargo at both the

discharge and loading end.

In 1950s and early 1960s, attempts were made to unitize cargo on pallets or strapped into larger bundles so

as to speed up the cargo handling and this with the development of fork lift trucks created some saving of

effort but these improved conventional handling systems were still slow and highly labour intensive.

Cargo liners were spending three or four weeks in port at each end of a voyage, discharging and loading

cargo. This delay affected not only the shipper’s financial transaction but also caused severe income loss to

the ship owner.

This led the way for the introduction of containers in the 1960, which are now used for nearly all general

cargo movements. The first major trade routes to be containerized outside USA coastal areas were the

trades between Europe and Australasia, and Europe and the Far East in the late 1960s.

CHARACTERISTICS OF CONTAINERIZATION:

Containerization is a system in which cargo of any nature, which is unitized, or grouped together into unit, is

loaded into a box of specific dimensions, and then transported by sea, rail or air. As compared to the

conventional system of loading cargo into a general cargo ship in un-unitised packages, the advantages of

containerization are as detailed in the subsequent sessions.

Page 28: Liner Services

STANDARDISATION OF CONTAINERS:

The General Purpose containers are of standard in size having standard width and height and vary only in

length. The length of the containers used in trade generally is of 20’, 40’ and 45’.

According to the requirement of cargo, special types of containers are also used.

ELIMINATES MULTIPLE HANDLING OF CARGO

Cargo once stowed in container need not be handled time and again directly. Once the legal and statutory

compliance are strictly adhered to, the container can be handled with designed equipment and helps

avoiding multiple handling of cargo directly.

RELAYING

As the cargo is in container, after discharge at the port of destination, the cargo need not be de-stuffed from

it and the container can be placed on a trailer and till the point of consumption i.e., till the factory site,

containers can be moved.

This not only eliminates multiple handling but also ensures safety, security and speed.

MORE SAILING OPPORTUNITY

Unlike in the bulk trade, where specific type of vessel is required for specific type of cargo and either the non

availability of cargo or vessel will have impact on the trade and on the merchants.

When the cargo is containerized, it provides more sailing opportunity. The delay in reaching the container to

the port beyond the control of the shipper can be made good by connecting the cargo in some other feeder

vessel, which may have the connectivity to the earlier scheduled mother vessel.

LCL CARGOES

Containerization enabled even a small merchant to venture into international business by providing

consolidation / co loading system. Through this, a small parcel received from the merchant will get loaded

along with others cargo and reaches the port of destination without much of multiple handling, ensuring

safety, security and time commitment.

Page 29: Liner Services

Review Questions:

1. “Containerization has affected the bulk shipping trade” Do you agree with this statement? Justify your

arguments for and against this statement.

2. Explain the concept of containerization and its advantages.

Page 30: Liner Services

UNIT 1.9

Common Shipping Terminology

So far we have seen the Characteristics of Liner Services, Liner Trade Routes, Types of Liner Shipping

Operators and Passenger / Cruise Liner Services. In this Unit, it is essential for us to know and understand

the most commonly used few of the shipping terminology. The understanding on the same will help in

understanding the future units as in many places only the abbreviations will be used repeatedly. Most of

these are quite common in Liner Shipping especially in Container Liner Shipping business.

AD VALOREM FREIGHT

Bill of lading freight charged on goods of very high value at so much percent on the declared value of the

goods. This can be understood well when we cover the topic on Liner Freight Structure.

ADVICE OF SHIPMENT

The exporter, usually upon completion of the shipment and on obtaining the Bill of Lading and other relevant

documents, sends a notice to the foreign buyer / agent advising that the shipment is effected and sends the

relevant documents of packing, routing, etc. A copy of the invoice and the Certificate of Origin is usually

enclosed, along with the copy of bill of lading.

CONTRACT OF AFFREIGHTMENT

It is an agreement between the shipping company and the exporter / merchant / their agents to provide

space on a vessel at a specified time, at a specified price to carry their goods / containers, between specific

ports.

ACCESSORIAL SERVICE

Service provided by the shipping company, addition to usual liner service, like packing, loading, storage, etc.

These types of services are usually offered with some additional cost when the Liners are providing Door-to-

door services to their customers.

ALL COMMODITY RATE

Page 31: Liner Services

After the concept of containerization, most of the Liners are offering the freight rates irrespective of the

commodity carried, with certain restrictions. Freight rate charged by the Liner irrespective of the commodity

is known as All Commodity Rate.

ALL INCLUSIVE RATE

Shipping Line quoting the Freight rate to the customer, which includes, all other additional elements such

CAF, BAF, THC, etc. I

ALSO NOTIFY PARTY

As required by the Exporter, the shipping company generally includes on party as the Notify Party to whom

the shipping lines sends the details about cargo arrival. In addition to the Notify Party, the exporter or the

importer may want to notify a second party also by the shipping company and to send its arrival notice

advising of goods coming forward for delivery.

ARRIVAL NOTICE

This is an act done by the carrier to ensure smooth delivery and there is no obligation by carrier to do so. The

responsibility to monitor transit and present himself to take timely delivery rests with the consignee. Advice

that carrier sends to consignee advising of goods coming forward for delivery is known as Cargo Arrival

Notice. Information such as BL number, container number and total charges due from consignee, etc are

included and sent to consignee prior to vessel arrival.

B/L MASTER

This is generally known as Bill of Lading instructions. The shipper submits a document to the Liner after

handing over the cargo to the carrier detailing the carrier how the B/L should be raised.

BASIC FREIGHT

Ocean freight excludes all charges. This is contra to the All Inclusive Freight Rate. On the Basic Freight the

Liner will also collect some other charges like BAF, CAF, THC and etc.

Page 32: Liner Services

B/L

Bill of Lading – An official legal document issued by the Liner which has the functions of representing

ownership of cargo; negotiability receive cargo; contract for cargo between shipper and carrier.

BONDED WAREHOUSE

A warehouse bonded by customs authorities for storage of bonded goods prior to cargo being cleared for

home consumption. The goods in it are secured under customs custody. The payment of duties and taxes

are only payable before the goods are removed from the Warehouse.

BOOKING NUMBER

A reference number given by the Shipping Company to the Exporter / Agents at the time of booking the

request and confirming that the request made by them is registered.

BOOKING STATUS

The facility provided by the Shipping / Liner Company to update the Shippers / agents, on the status of

booking made by them. Depending upon the practice of the Shipping Company and their software support,

the following are the various stages which an exporter / agent can get to know:

Cancelled

Confirmed

Confirmed subject to space availability: acknowledged acceptance of booking subject to confirmation in

agreed time frame;

Pending: acknowledged receipt of booking yet subject to approval for acceptance.

BOX

Common term used for an ocean going freight container.

BREAK-BULK CARGO

Page 33: Liner Services

Goods shipped in loose form in the vessel’s hold. Example of goods shipped in this form is Coal, Iron Ore,

Fertilizers, and etc.

BROKEN STOWAGE

The loss of space caused by irregularity in the shape of packages; any void or empty space in a container

not occupied by cargo.

BROKERAGE

It is fee paid to the freight forwarder by the carrier for services performed, i.e., the business offered to the

shipping company by booking the containers through that shipping company.

BULK CARRIERS

A vessel carrying dry, liquid, grain, not packaged, bundled or bottled cargo, and is loaded without marks &

number or count.

BULL RINGS

Cargo-securing devices mounted in the floor of containers enabling lashing to secure the cargo.

BUNKER SURCHARGE (BAF, BSC)

Bunker Adjustment factor (BAF), or Bunker Surcharge (BSC) are surcharges assessed by carrier on freight

rates to avoid any possible negative impact on the freight rates because of any possible variance of the cost

of bunker as compared to the current cost of bunker at the time of booking the cargo.

BUNKERS

Heavy oil used as fuel for ocean vessel.

C.A.F.

It is known as Currency Adjustment Factor. To protect the interest of the Shipping Company, they charge

some Percentage on the basic freight rate, by which the rate is either increased or decreased in response to

fluctuating exchange rates.

Page 34: Liner Services

C.B.M.

Cubic meter. A measure of cargo volume

C.F.

Cubic feet.

C.I.

Cost and insurance – The exporter uses this pattern of invoicing charging the amount of insurance over and

above to the cost of goods. The freight amount will be payable by the importer / consignee at the named

point of destination.

C.O.G.S.A.

Carriage of Goods by Sea Act

CFR

"Cost and Freight" means that the seller pays the freight for the carriage of cargo from the port of origin to the

port of destination.

CIF

"Cost, Insurance and Freight" means that the seller pays the freight for the carriage of goods and also covers

the insurance for the cargo.

CIP

"Carriage and Insurance paid to..."means that the seller delivers the goods to the carrier nominated by him,

but the seller must pay the cost of carriage necessary to bring the goods to the named destination. This

means that the buyer bears all risks and any additional costs occurring after the goods have been so

delivered. However, in CIP the seller also has to procure insurance against the buyer's risk of loss of or

damage to the goods during the carriage.

Page 35: Liner Services

CPT

"Carriage paid to..." means that the seller delivers the goods to the carrier nominated by him but the seller

must in addition pay the cost of carriage necessary to bring the goods to the named destination. This means

that the buyer bears risks and any costs occurring after the goods have been so delivered.

CY

Container Yard. Point at which carrier hands over to or receive laden containers from the vessel.

CY/CY

Cargo loaded by shipper in a full container at origin and delivered to carrier's terminal at destination for pick

up intact by consignee.

CARNET

Any of various customs documents required for crossing some international borders.

CARRIER'S LIEN

Right of the carrier to retain property in his possession till the due charges are paid by the consignee /

importer

CELLULAR VESSEL

A vessel designed with internal ribbing to permit the support of stacked containers.

CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN

Document certifying the country of origin of goods, which is normally issued or signed by a Chamber of

Commerce.

CHARTER PARTY

Page 36: Liner Services

It is a written contract between the owner of a vessel and the person desiring to employ the vessel

(charterer). It coves the entire terms of the arrangement such as freight rate and ports involved in the trip.

CHARTERED SHIP

It is a ship under lease by its owners, to others.

CHARTERER

The person, to whom the ship is given for a specified time, for transportation of goods / passenger.

CHOCK

A piece of wood or other material placed at the side of cargo to prevent it from rolling or moving sideways.

CLEAN BILL OF LADING

A bill of lading which states that the goods have been shipped in apparent good order and condition without

any qualification or remarks.

COLLECTING BANK

A bank that acts as an agent to the seller's bank (the presenting bank). The collecting bank assumes no

responsibility for either the documents or the merchandise.

COMBINED TRANSPORT

It means Carriage of goods using more than one mode of transport, against one contract of carriage.

CTD

Combined Transport Document – A document issued by the carrier to the shipper when the carriage of

goods is made using more than one mode of transport.

COMMERCIAL INVOICE

Page 37: Liner Services

A document giving details of transaction between exporter and importer with regard to the goods sold, like

the description, quantity, unit price, total value, etc., and also mentioning the shipment details.

COMMON CARRIER

A transportation company operating under a Certificate of Convenience and Necessity; provides service to

the general public at published rates.

COMMON TARIFF

A tariff published by or for two or more transportation lines.

CONFERENCE

An association of ship owners, operating in the same trade route operating under collective conditions and

agree on tariff rates.

CONFERENCE RATE

Freight rates arrived at by a conference of carriers, generally water carriers.

CONFIRMED LETTER OF CREDIT

A letter of credit issued by a foreign bank, whose validity has been confirmed by a domestic bank. An

exporter with a confirmed letter of credit is assured of payment even if the foreign buyer or the foreign bank

defaults.

CONFIRMING BANK

The bank that adds its confirmation to another bank's (the issuing bank's) letter of credit and promises to pay

the beneficiary upon presentation of documents in compliance with the letter of credit.

CONSIGNEE

A person or company, to whom the shipment of commodities is to be consigned.

Page 38: Liner Services

CONSIGNOR

The persons who consigns the goods and shown on the bill of lading as Shipper.

CONSOLIDATED CARGO

Cargo containing of shipments of two or more shippers, usually shipped by a firm called a consolidator. The

consolidator takes advantage of lower F.C.L. rates, and savings are passed on to shippers.

CONSOLIDATION

The combination of many small shipments into one container.

CONSOLIDATOR

A person or firm performing a consolidation service for others.

CONSORTIUM

An arrangement between groups of carriers pooling resources in a trade lane to maximize their resources

efficiently.

CFS

Container freight station, a public user facility having yard, warehouse for storing import/ export cargo,

providing packing & unpacking services / consolidation services

CLP

Container load plan - A document prepared to show all details of cargo loaded in a container, e.g. weight

(individual and total), measurement, markings, shippers, consignees, the origin & destination of goods, and

location of cargo within the container.

CONTAINER SEAL NUMBER

The number of high security seal provided by the shipping company

Page 39: Liner Services

CONTAINER SIZE

The length of a container - i.e. 20'', 40'' and 45'' (foot).

CONTAINERIZABLE CARGO

Cargo that will fit into a container and result in an economical shipment, consistent with delivery

requirements.

CONTAINERSHIP

An ocean vessel specifically designed to carry ocean cargo containers. It is fitted with vertical cells for

maximum capacity.

CORNER CASTINGS

A fitting on top and bottom of container corner posts; designed for handling and securing a container.

CORNER POSTS

Vertical frame components fitted at the corners of the container, integral to the corner fittings and connecting

the roof and floor structures.

CORRECTION MEMO

A kind of internal document, which registers amendment to bill of lading and/or manifest after bill of lading, is

issued to shipper.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

An agreement between the carrier and shipper, to release the cargo with a promise to pay ocean freight

within specific time.

CUSTOM HOUSE

A country Treasury Department office where duties, etc., on foreign shipments are handled.

Page 40: Liner Services

CUSTOMHOUSE BROKER

A person or firm, licensed to engage in entering and clearing goods through customs and/or the government

office (Custom house) where duties and/or tolls are placed on imports or exports. The duties of a broker

include preparing the entry blank and filing it; advising the importer on duties to be paid; advancing duties

and other costs; and, arranging for delivery to his client, his trucking firm, or other carrier.

CUT-OFF TIME

Latest possible time by which the cargo may be delivered to vessel or designated point.

D.W.

Dead Weight. The number of tons a ship can transport of cargo, stores and bunker fuel.

.

DAF

"Delivered at Frontier" means that the seller delivers when the goods are placed at the disposal of the buyer

on the arriving means of transport not unloaded, cleared for export but not cleared for import at the named

point and place at the frontier, but before the customs border of the adjoining country.

DDC

Destination Delivery Charges. A charge assessed by the carrier for handling / positioning of a full container.

DDP

"Delivery duty paid" means that the seller delivers the goods to the buyer, cleared for import, and not

unloaded from any arriving means of transport at the named place of destination. The seller has to bear all

the costs and risks involved in bringing the goods thereto including where applicable, any "duty"(which term

includes the responsibility for and the risk of the carrying out of customs formalities and the payment of

formalities, customs duties, taxes and other charges) for import in the country of destination.

DDU

Page 41: Liner Services

"Delivery duty unpaid" means that the seller delivers the goods to the buyer, not cleared for import, and not

unloaded from any arriving means of transport at the named place of destination. The seller has to bear the

costs and risks involved in bringing the goods thereto, other than, where applicable, any "duty" (which term

includes the responsibility for and the risks of the carrying out of customs formalities, and the payment of

formalities, customs duties, taxes and other charges) for import in the country of destination. Such "duty" has

to be borne by the buyer as well as any costs and risks caused by his failure to clear the goods for import in

time.

DEQ

"Delivered Ex Quay" means that the seller delivers when the goods are placed at the disposal of the buyer

not cleared for import on the quay (wharf) at the named port of destination. The seller has to bear costs and

risks involved in bringing the goods to the named port of destination and discharging the goods on the quay

(wharf). The DEQ term requires the buyer to clear the goods for import and to pay for all formalities, duties,

taxes and other charges upon import.

DES

"Delivered Ex Ship" means that the seller delivers when the goods are placed at the disposal of the buyer on

board the ship not cleared for import at the named port of destination. The seller has to bear all the costs and

risks involved in bringing the goods to the named port of destination before discharging. If the parties wish

the seller to bear the costs and risks of discharging the goods, then the DEQ term should be used.

DANGEROUS GOODS

The term used by I.M.C.O. for hazardous materials, which are capable of posing a significant risk to health,

safety or property while being transported.

DEAD SPACE

Space in a vessel that is not utilized

Deadweight Tonnage (D/W)

The number of total weight tons that a vessel can transport of cargo, stores and bunker fuel.  It is the

difference between the number of tons of water a vessel displaces "light" and the number of tons it displaces

when submerged to the "load line."

Page 42: Liner Services

DELIVERY ORDER

A document authorizing delivery to a nominated party of goods in the care of a third party. Can be issued by

a carrier on surrender of a bill of lading and then used by merchant to transfer title by endorsement.

DEMURRAGE

Charge raised for detaining FCL container/trailer at a terminal/CY for longer period than provided in a tariff.

CONTAINER DEPOT

Container freight station or a designated area where empty containers can be picked up or dropped off.

DETENTION

Charges raised for detaining container/trailer at customer’s premises for longer period than provided in Tariff.

DEVANNING

The removal of cargo from a container. Also known as destuffing, unstuffing, unloading or stripping.

DIFFERENTIAL RATE

An amount added or deducted from base rate to make a rate to or from some other point or via another

route.

DISTRIBUTION

The process of storing, transporting goods between the end of the production line and the final customer. It

involves set of activities that demands the goods are delivered in desired quality, quantity, place & time.

DIVERSION

A change made in the route of a shipment in transit

DOCK

Page 43: Liner Services

The water alongside a pier or wharf.

Loading or unloading platform at an industrial location or carrier terminal.

DOCK RECEIPT

A form used to acknowledge receipt of cargo at a steamship pier. When delivery of a foreign shipment is

completed, the dock receipt is surrendered to the vessel operator or the operator's agent and serves as basis

for preparation of the ocean bill of lading.

DOCUMENTARY CREDIT

The basis of international trade by means of which payment is made against surrender of specified

documents.

DOOR-TO-DOOR

Through transportation of a container and its contents from consignor's premises to consignee's premises.

Dry Cargo

Cargo that does not require temperature control.

DRY DOCK

An enclosed basin into which a ship is taken for underwater cleaning and repairing. It is fitted with watertight

entrance gates which when closed permit the dock to be pumped dry.

DOCK RECEIPT

A form used to acknowledge receipt of cargo at a steamship pier. When delivery of a foreign shipment is

completed, the dock receipt is surrendered to the vessel operator or the operator's agent and serves as basis

for preparation of the ocean bill of lading.

DOCKAGE

Charge for use of a dock

Page 44: Liner Services

DOCUMENTARY CREDIT

The basis of international trade by means of which payment is made against surrender of specified

documents.

DUNNAGE

Lumber or other material used to brace material in carrier's equipment.

DWELL TIME

It is expressed in term of number of days that a container changed from one status to another e.g. from

under inbound load to empty available to under outbound load. The shortest the dwell time, the more efficient

of the container utilization will be.

ETA

Estimated time of arrival.

ETD

Estimated time of departure.

EXW

"Ex works" means that the seller delivers when he places the goods at the disposal of the buyer at the

seller's premises or another named place (i.e. works, factory, warehouse, etc) not cleared for export and not

loaded on any collecting vehicle.

EXPIRY DATE

The final date on which the draft and documents must be presented to the negotiating, accepting, paying or

issuing bank to effect payment.

EXPORT

Page 45: Liner Services

Shipment of goods to a foreign country.

F.A.K.

Freight All Kind. System whereby freight is charged per container, irrespective of nature of goods, and not

according to a Tariff. (Please also refer to All Commodity Rate)

F.C.L.

Full Container load. Arrangement whereby shipper utilizes all the space in a container which he packs

himself.

F.E.U.

Forty-foot Equivalent Unit. (40’' or 2 Teus)

F.I.O.

Free In and Out.

F.O.B.

Stands for Free On Board which is a mercantile expression used in sale contracts denoting that goods have

to be delivered by the shippers on board the vessel at a particular place, free of charges.

FAS

"Free Alongside Ship" means that the seller delivers when the goods are placed alongside the vessel at the

named port of shipment. This means that the buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss or damage to the

goods from that moment.

 

FCA

"Free Carrier" means that the seller delivers the goods, cleared for export, to the carrier nominated by the

buyer at the named place. It should be noted that the chosen place of delivery has an impact on the

obligations of loading and unloading the goods at that place. If delivery occurs at the seller's premises, the

Page 46: Liner Services

seller is responsible for loading. If delivery occurs at any other place, the seller is not responsible for

unloading.

FMC

Federal Maritime Commission. US Government Agency responsible for regulatory aspects of all maritime

activities.

FOB

"Free on board" means that the seller delivers when the goods pass the ship's rail at the named port of

shipment. This means that the buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss of or damage to the goods from

that point. The FOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export. This term can be used only for or

inland waterway transport. If the parties do not intend to deliver the goods across the ships' rail, the FCA

terms should be used.

FEEDER SERVICE

Sea transportation as performed by feeder operator.

FEEDER VESSEL

Vessel employed in normally short sea routes to fetch or carry goods and containers to and from ocean

going vessels.

FLASH POINT

The temperature reaching which for certain inflammable cargo will trigger spontaneous ignition. It is an IMCO

standard information requirement for dangerous goods.

FORWARDER

He is neither a consignor nor a carrier. Known also as Freight Forwarder, Foreign Freight Forwarder. It’s an

individual or business that dispatches shipments by land, air, or sea, or it may specialize for exporters and for

a fee. Usually it handles all the services in the collection, consolidation, shipping and distribution of goods

connected with an export shipment; preparation of documents, booking cargo space, warehouse, pier

Page 47: Liner Services

delivery and export clearance. The firm may also handle banking and insurance services on behalf of a

client.

FREE TRADE ZONE

Sometimes called "customs free zones" or "duty free zones". It is a generic term referring to special

commercial and industrial areas. At which by special customs procedures it allows the importation of non-

prohibited foreign goods (including raw materials, components, and finished goods) without the requirement

that duties be paid immediately. If the merchandise is later exported, duty free treatment is given to re-

exports.

 

The zones are usually located in or near ports of entry. Merchandise brought into these zones may be

stored, assembled, processed or used in manufacture prior to re-export or entry into the national customs

territory.

 

When manufacturing activity occurs in free trade zones, it usually involves a combination of foreign and

domestic merchandise, and usually requires special governmental authority.

FREIGHT

The price paid to the carrier for the transportation of goods or merchandise by sea from one place to another.

Freight is also used to denote goods, which are in the process of being transported from one place to

another.

FUMIGATION

Treatment with a pesticide active ingredient that is a gas under treatment conditions.

GATT

General Agreement on Tariff and Trade. An international multilateral agreement embodying a code of

practice for fair trading in international commerce.

GATEWAY

Port at which container is discharged from ocean vessel to start the inland or intermodal part of its journey.

Page 48: Liner Services

GENERAL AVERAGE

General average is an unwritten, non-statutory, international maritime law that is universally recognized and

applied. It is founded on the principle that vessel and goods are parties to the same venture and share

exposure to the same perils, which may require sacrifice or the incurring of extraordinary expense on the part

of one for the benefit of the whole venture.

GROSS TONNAGE

Applies to vessels, not to cargo. Determined by dividing by 100 the contents, in cubic feet, of the vessel's

closed-in spaces. A vessel ton is 100 cubic feet.

GROSS WEIGHT

Entire weight of goods, packaging and container, ready for shipment.

GROUPAGE

A consolidation service, putting small shipments into containers for shipment.

HAGUE RULES

1924 International Convention on Carriage of Goods by Sea. These rules govern liability for loss or damage

to goods carried by sea under a bill of lading.

HAGUE-VISBY RULES

1968 Revision of Hague Rules.

HAMBURG RULES

In March 1978 an international conference in Hamburg adopted a new set of rules (The Hamburg Rules),

which radically alter the liability that ship owners have to bear for loss or damage to goods in the courts of

those nations where the rules apply.

HARMONIZED COMMODITY DESCRIPTION AND CODING SYSTEM

Page 49: Liner Services

A multi-purpose international goods-classification for manufacturers. Transporters, exporters, importers,

customs officials, statisticians, and others in classifying goods moving in international trade under a single

commodity code. Developed under the auspices of the Customs Cooperations Council (CCC), an

international customs organization in Brussels, this code is a hierarchically structured product nomenclature

containing approximately 5,000 headings and subheadings describing the articles moving in international

trade. It is organized into 99 chapters arranged in 22 sections.

HATCH

The opening in the deck of a vessel; gives access to the cargo hold.

HEAVY LIFT

Articles too heavy to be lifted by a ship's tackle.

HEAVY-LIFT CHARGE

A charge made for lifting articles too heavy to be lifted by a ship's tackle.

HIGH CUBE

Any container, which exceeds 8 feet 6 inches (102 inches) in height, usually 9 feet 6 inches.

HOUSE B/L

Bill of lading issued by forwarder.

HUB

A facility in the infrastructure where transport-related services (collection & distribution) and commercial

activities are performed, and it focuses on logistics-centre management, facilities management, maintenance

and supply chain.

HULL

The body of a vessel exclusive of masts, yards, sails, rigging, machinery and equipment.

Page 50: Liner Services

HULL UNDERWRITER

The person with whom the ship’s hull, machinery apparel, and tackle is insured.

I.M.C.O.

International Maritime Consultative Organization.  A forum in which most major maritime nations participate

and through which recommendations for the carriage of dangerous goods, bulk commodities and maritime

regulations become internationally acceptable.

IMDG CODE

International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The IMO recommendations for the carriage of dangerous

goods by sea.

ISPS

International Shipping & Port Security. International anti-terrorist legislation organized by IMO.

IMPORT

Shipment of goods from a foreign country.

IMPORT LICENSE

A document required and issued by some national governments authorizing the importation of goods into

their individual countries.

IMPORT PERMIT

Usually required for items that might affect the public health, morals, animal life, vegetation, etc. Examples

include foodstuffs, feedstuffs, pharmaceuticals (human and veterinary), medical equipment, seeds, plants

and various written material (including tapes, cassettes, movies, TV tapes or TV movies). In some countries

an import permit is the same as an import license.

Page 51: Liner Services

INCOTERMS

International Commercial Terms is a universally recognized set of definitions of International trade terms,

such as FOB, CFR and CIF developed by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) in Paris, France. It

defines the trade contract responsibilities and liabilities between buyer and seller. It is invaluable and a cost-

saving tool. The exporter and the importer need not undergo a lengthy negotiation about the conditions of

each transaction. Once they have agreed on a commercial term like FOB, they can sell and buy at FOB

without discussing who will be responsible for the freight, cargo insurance and other costs and risks. Under

the INCOTERMS 2000, the international commercial terms are grouped into E, F, C and D, designated by

the first letter of them.

INSURANCE

An insurance policy or certificate normally covers the shipments of merchandise from the time they leave the

warehouse at the shipping point until they reach the destination point named in the policy or certificate.

INSURANCE CERTIFICATE

Where the seller provides ocean marine insurance, it is necessary to furnish insurance certificates, usually in

duplicate. The certificates are negotiable documents and must be endorsed before submitting them to the

bank. The seller can arrange to obtain an open cargo policy that the freight forwarder maintains.

INSURANCE WITH AVERAGE-CLAUSE

This type of clause covers merchandise if the damage amounts to 3 percent or more of the insured value of

the package or cargo. If the vessel burns, sinks, collides, or gets sunk, all losses are fully covered. In marine

insurance the word average describes partial damage or partial loss.

INSURANCE, ALL-RISK

This type of insurance offers the shipper the broadest coverage available, covering against all losses that

may occur in transit.

INSURANCE, PARTICULAR-AVERAGE

Page 52: Liner Services

A Marine insurance term to refer to partial loss on an individual shipment from one of the perils insured

against, regardless of the balance of the cargo (in this way it differs from general-average insurance).

Particular-average insurance can usually be obtained, but the loss must be in excess of a certain percentage

of the insured value of the shipment, usually 3 to 5 percent, before a claim will be allowed by the company.

INTERCHANGE

Transfer of a container from one party to another.

INTERMODAL TRANSPORT

Moving ocean freight containers by various transportation modes. The fact that the containers are of the

same size and have common handling characteristics permits them to be transferred from truck to railroad to

air carrier to ocean carrier.

ISSUING BANK

The bank that has issued or opened a letter of credit. Also known as Opening Bank.

KNOT

A unit of speed. The term "knot" means velocity in nautical miles per hour whether of a vessel or current.

One nautical mile is roughly equivalent to 1.15 statute miles or 1.85 kilometres.

LETTER OF CREDIT – Very important

Back-to-Back: A secondary letter of credit issued to a beneficiary on the strength of a primary credit

Clean: A letter of credit that requires the beneficiary to present only a draft or a receipt for specified funds

before receiving payment

Confirmed: A letter of credit which is confirmed either by the issuing bank or by the advising bank or any

other confirming bank as per the arrangement with the issuing bank, that permits the exporter to realize the

money upon complying with the terms stipulated in it

Page 53: Liner Services

Deferred payment: A letter of credit issued for the purchase and financing of merchandise, similar to

acceptance-type letter of credit, except that it requires presentation of sight drafts payable on an installment

basis

Irrevocable: An instrument that, once established, cannot be modified or cancelled without the agreement of

all parties concerned

Restricted: A condition within the letter of credit, which restricts its negotiation to a named bank

Revocable: An instrument that can be modified or cancelled at any moment without notice to and agreement

of the beneficiary, but customarily includes a clause in the credit to the effect that any draft negotiated by a

bank prior to the receipt of a notice of revocation or amendment will be honored by the issuing bank

Revolving: An irrevocable letter issued for a specific amount; renews itself for the same amount over a given

period;

Straight: A letter of credit that contains a limited engagement clause addressed to the beneficiary; state that

the issuing bank promises to pay upon presentation of the required documents at its counters or the counters

of the named bank

Transferable: A letter of credit that allows the beneficiary to transfer in whole or in part any amount of the

credit to one or more third parties provided that the aggregate of such transfers does not exceed the amount

of the credit

Unconfirmed: A letter of credit forwarded to the beneficiary by the advising bank without engagement on the

part of the advising bank

LETTER OF INDEMNITY

Guarantee from shipper or consignee to indemnity carrier for costs and/or loss, if any, in order to obtain

favorable action by carrier, e.g. sometimes, it is used to allow consignee to take delivery of goods without

surrendering B/L which has been delayed

LIEN

A legal claim upon goods for the satisfaction of some debt or duty.

Page 54: Liner Services

LINER TERMS – Very important term

They define the condition / responsibility of cost under which a carrier has had at port of loading to port of

discharge. As such they also determine the freight / charges payable for loading & discharging the cargo

from the vessel in their quotation, according to the customs of the port and it is not internationally

codified.          

          

Carrier cost responsibility under respective Liner Terms:          

Liner In Liner Out (CY to CY) - Carrier bears the costs for loading at loading port, sea voyage up to cargo

discharged at discharging port.

Liner In Hook Out (CY to Hook) - Carrier bears the costs for loading at loading port, sea voyage up to cargo

alongside cargo hook at discharging port. 

Hook In Liner Out (Hook to CY) - Carrier bears the costs for cargo alongside cargo hook at loading port,

sea voyage up to cargo discharged at discharging port.

Liner In Free Out (CY to Free Out, LIFO) - Carrier bears the costs for loading at loading port, sea voyage

and exclude costs for cargo at discharging port. 

Free In Liner Out (Free in to CY, FILO) - Carrier bears the costs for sea voyage and costs for cargo

discharged at discharging port.

Hook to Hook - Carrier bears the costs for sea voyage and costs for cargo alongside at loading port & at

discharging port.

Hook to Free Out - Carrier bears the costs for cargo alongside cargo hook at loading port, sea voyage and

exclude cost at discharging port.

Free In to Hook - Carrier bears the costs for sea voyage and costs for cargo alongside cargo hook at

discharging port. 

Free In Free Out (FIFO) - Carrier bears the costs for sea voyage and exclude costs at loading port &

discharging port.      

Page 55: Liner Services

LLOYDS' REGISTRY

An organization maintained for the surveying and classing of ships so that insurance underwriters and others

may know the quality and condition of the vessels offered for insurance or employment.

LO/LO

Lift On, Lift Off

LOW-BED

A trailer or semi-trailer with no sides and with the floor of the unit close to the ground.

M/V

Motor Vessel

MALPRACTICE

A carrier, to attract cargo, offering special preference to a customer. This can take the form of a rebate;

using lower figures that actual for the assessment of freight charges (undercubing); mis-declaration of the

commodity shipped to allow the assessment of a lower tariff rate; waiving published tariff charges for

demurrage, CFS handling or equalization; providing specialized equipment disproportionately to a shipper to

the detriment of other shippers, etc.

MANIFEST

Document that lists in detail all the bills of lading issued by a vessel or its agent or master, i.e., a detailed

summary of the total cargo of a vessel. Used principally for customs purposes. It is also called summary of

Bills of lading.

MARITIME

Business pertaining to commerce or navigation transacted upon the sea or in seaports in such matters as the

court of admiralty has jurisdiction over.

Page 56: Liner Services

MARKS & NOS.

Marks & Numbers placed on packages for export for identification purposes; generally a triangle, square,

circle, diamond, or cross with letters and/or numbers and port discharge.

MATE'S RECEIPT

A receipt signed by a mate of the vessel, acknowledging receipt of cargo by the vessel. The individual in

possession of the mate's receipt is entitled to the bill of lading, which in due course is issued in exchange for

that receipt.

MAXIMUM PAYLOAD

Maximum cargo that can be loaded into a container either by weight or volume.

MICROBRIDGE

A land-bridge movement in which, cargo originating/destined to an inland point is railed or trucked to/from the

water port for a shipment to/from a foreign country. The carrier is responsible for cargo and costs from origin

to destination.

NEGOTIABLE B/L

Original bill of lading endorsed by shipper that is used for negotiating with banks.

NEGOTIATING BANK

A bank named in the credit; examines the documents and certifies to the issuing bank that the terms are

complied with.

NVOCC

Non-vessel Owning / Operating Common Carrier - A cargo consolidator of small shipments in ocean trade,

generally soliciting business and arranging for or performing containerization functions at the port.

Page 57: Liner Services

And also means a carrier issuing Bs/L for carriage of goods on vessel, which he neither owns nor operates.

 

OBL

Original Bill of lading

ON BOARD

Means that cargo has been loaded on board a combined transport mode of conveyance. Used to satisfy the

requirements of a letter of credit, in the absence of an express requirement to the contrary.

ON BOARD B/L

A B/L in which a carrier acknowledges that goods have been placed on board a certain vessel.

ON DECK

A special stowage instruction to confine the cargo stowage must be on deck rather than under deck.

OPEN-TOP CONTAINER

A container fitted with a solid removable roof or with a tarpaulin roof that can be loaded or unloaded from the

top.

ORIGIN

Location where shipment begins its movement

OVERHEIGHT CARGO

Cargo stowed in an open-top container; projects above the uppermost level of the roof struts.

OVERWIDTH

A container with goods protruding beyond the sides of the container/flat rack onto which they are packed.

Page 58: Liner Services

P & I

Protection and Indemnity, an insurance term.

P.O.D.

Port of Discharge where cargo is discharged from vessel. In case of transshipment is needed, there can be a

number of PODS during the course of shipment until it reaches the final POD.

PTI

Pre-trip Inspection - A procedure of checking the ability of a reefer to maintain temperature control. The

inspection normally focuses on the operation of the refrigeration and heating equipment, as well as the

physical condition of the refrigeration plant and the insulated container shell. Such inspections are normally

performed prior to each loading of a reefer.

PALLET

A platform, with or without sides, on which a number of packages or pieces may be loaded to facilitate

handling by a lift truck.

PARTIAL SHIPMENTS

Under letters of credit, one or more shipments are allowed by the phrase "partial shipments permitted." In

bulk shipments a tolerance of 3 percent is allowed.

PIER

The structure to which a vessel is secured for the purpose of loading and unloading cargo.

PILOT

A person whose office or occupation is to steer ships, particularly along a coast or into and out of a harbor.

PLACE OF DELIVERY

Final Destination of the cargo

Page 59: Liner Services

PLACE OF RECEIPT

Location where cargo enters the care and custody of carrier.

PORT OF CALL

Port where a steamer discharges or receives traffic.

PORT OF DISCHARGE

Port where cargo is unloaded from vessel.

PORT OF ENTRY

Port where cargo actually enters a country where the cargo is not part of its commerce.

PORT OF LOADING

A Port where cargo is loaded onto the vessel.

PORT OF ARRIVAL

A port, where imported merchandise is off loaded from the importing vessel.

PRE-COOLING

A process employed in the shipment of citrus fruits and other perishable commodities. The fruit is packed

and placed in a cold room from which the heat is gradually extracted. The boxes of fruit are packed in

containers that have been thoroughly cooled and transported through to destination without opening the

doors.

PREPAID

One of the payment status where freight and charges are required to be paid by shipper. Prepaid means the

exporter pays the freight amount and a stamp to this effect will be made in the bill of lading showing – Freight

Prepaid

Page 60: Liner Services

QUARANTINE

The period during which a vessel is detained in isolation until free from any contagious disease among the

passengers or crew. The word is now applied to the sanitary regulations, which are the modern substitute for

quarantine. During the quarantine period, the Q flag is hoisted.

RAILHEAD

Rail terminal where containers are either loaded or discharged from train. (A railhead is a CY)

RECEIPT FOR SHIPMENT B/L

A term used in contradistinction to shipped bill of lading, which is the standard document. Some bankers

object to such bill of lading on the ground that the security they offer is imperfect. This kind of bill of lading is

normally issued to acknowledge receipt of shipment before cargo loading or before official original bill of

lading is issued. Nowadays, not many shippers ask for this kind of bill of lading.

REEFER

It is the generic name for a temperature-controlled container. The containers, which are insulated, are

specially designed to allow temperature controlled air circulated within the container. A refrigeration plant is

built into the rear of the container.

R/T

Revenue ton - The greater weight or measurement of goods where 1 ton is either 1000 kilos or 1 cubic metre

(for metric system). Also known as bill of lading ton or freight ton. It is used to calculate freight charge.

Ro/Ro

Roll on Roll Off - A feature designed in a specially constructed vessel in both the loading and discharging

ports.

ROUTE

The manner in which a shipment moves, i.e., the carriers handling it and the points via which they handle it.

Page 61: Liner Services

STC

Said to Contain. A standard clause used to protect carrier for cargo stuffed by shipper or its agents.

SALVAGE LOSS

A loss, which it is presumed would, but for certain services rendered, has become a total loss. The charges

incurred are "salvage charges". The property salved is the "salvage". When referring to goods a salvage loss

is one resulting from shipwreck or from a situation where, by the peril of the sea, the vessel is prevented from

proceeding on her voyage and the cargo, or the part that is saved is obliged to be sold at a place short of the

port of destination. The term is used in marine insurance when at a point short of destination, it can be shown

that it would cost more to forward damaged goods to their destination than the goods would realized on the

spot. The underwriters usually pay the difference between the total insured value and the net proceeds of the

goods, such a settlement being known as a "salvage loss".

SEAL

Metal strip and lead fastener used for locking freight car or truck doors. Seals are numbered for record

purposes.

SEAL RECORD

A record of the number, condition and marks of identification on seals made at various times and places,

referring to the movement of the container between origin and destination.

SERVICE CONTRACT

As provided in the Shipping Act of 1984, a contract between a shipper and an ocean common carrier in

which the shipper makes a commitment to provide a certain minimum quantity of cargo or freight revenue

over a fixed time period, and the ocean common carrier or conference commits to a certain rate or rate

schedule as well as a defined service level. The contract may also specify provisions in the event of

nonperformance on the part of either party.

SHIP CHANDLER

An individual or company selling equipment and supplies for ships.

Page 62: Liner Services

SHIP OWNER

One of the persons in whom is vested the title of property of a ship or ships.

SHIPPED BILL OF LADING

A bill of lading issued only after the goods have actually been shipped on board the vessel, as distinguished

from the received for shipment bill of lading.

SHIPPED ON BOARD

An Endorsement made on a bill of lading confirming loading of goods on vessel.

SHIPPER

The person for whom the owners of a ship agree to carry goods to a specified destination and at a specified

price. Also called consignor. The conditions under which the transportation is effected are stipulated in the

bill of lading.

SHIPPER OWNED CONTAINER

The container used for cargo shipment is owned by shipper.

SHIPPER'S LOAD & COUNT

Shipments loaded and sealed by shippers and not checked or verified by the carriers.

SHIPPING PERMIT

Issued by a shipping or carrier company; authorizes the receiving clerk at pier, dock, warehouse, airport or

on board to receive a stipulated amount of goods or materials from a specified firm.

SLOT

Space on board a vessel occupied by a container.

SPREADER

A piece of equipment designed to lift containers by their corner castings.

Page 63: Liner Services

STABILITY

The force that holds a vessel upright or returns it to upright if keeled over. Weights on the lower hold increase

stability. A vessel is stiff if it has high stability, tender if it has low stability.

STEVEDORE

Terminal operator who is designated to facilitate the operation of loading and discharging vessels and

various terminal activities.

STOWAGE

A marine term referring to loading freight into ships' holds

STRADDLE CARRIER

Mobile truck equipment with the capacity for lifting a container within its own framework.

STUFFING

The loading of a container.

T.E.U.

Twenty-foot Equivalent Unit. (20') TEU.

THC

Terminal Handling Charge. A charge assessed by the terminal for handling FCLs at ocean terminals.

TANK CONTAINER

A specially constructed container for transporting liquids and gases in bulk.

Page 64: Liner Services

TERMINAL

An assigned area in which containers are prepared for loading into a vessel or are stacked immediately after

discharge from the vessel.

THROUGH RATE

The total rate from the point of origin to final destination.

TRAMP

A freighter vessel that does not run in any regular line but takes cargo wherever the shippers desire.

TRANSIT CARGO

Goods onboard, which upon their arrival at a certain port are not to be discharged at that port.

TRANSIT PORT

A port where goods received are merely en route and from which they have to be transferred and dispatched

to their ultimate destination by coasters, barge and so on. Also called transshipment port.

TURNAROUND

In water transportation, the time it takes between the arrival of a vessel and its departure.

TWIST LOCKS

A set of four keys used as part of a spreader to pick up a container or as part of a chassis to secure the

containers.

UCPDC

Uniform Customs and Practice on Documentary Credit.

UN

Page 65: Liner Services

United Nations.

UNCTAD

United Nations Conference on Trade and Development.

UNIT LOAD

Packages loaded on a pallet in a crate or any other way that enables them to be handled at one time as a

unit.

UNITIZATION

The consolidation of a quantity of individual items into one large shipping unit for easier handling; Loading

one or more large items of cargo onto a single piece of equipment, such as a pallet.

VANNING

A term sometimes used for stowing cargo in a container.

VENTILATED CONTAINER

A container designed with openings in the side and/or end walls to permit the ingress of outside air when the

doors are closed.

VESSEL'S MANIFEST

Statement of a vessel's cargo

VOYAGE NUMBER

The numeric identification of a round trip sailing of a vessel on a fixed trade lane.

WAYBILL

Page 66: Liner Services

A document prepared by a transportation line at the point of a shipment; shows the point of the origin,

destination, route, consignor, consignee, description of shipment and amount charged for the transportation

service. A waybill is forwarded with the shipment or sent by mail to the agent at the transfer point or waybill

destination. Abbreviation is WB. Unlike a bill of lading, a waybill is not a document of title.

WHARFAGE

Charge assessed by a pier or dock owner against freight handled over the pier or dock or against a

steamship company using the pier or dock.

Summary

As the students have noticed from the foregoing sessions, the transportation of commodity worldwide, mainly

carried by ships using the natural resource of sea. From the advent of power, the developments and

technological changes have brought up the sea going trade up to its present level. The containerization has

changed the pattern of trade from bulk to containers and now most of the commodities that have been dealt

only in bulk have taken a new change into containerization. The trade of break-bulk is mainly to transport

cargoes like project cargo, machinery and others that cannot be containerized. The Ro-Ro vessels that are

put in service provide easy transport solutions for carriage of commodities like cars at an economical cost

and assuring safety transportation. Choosing the right mode of transportation for any one commodity

between ports have become an important decision to economize the cost, ensuring safe and also making the

cargo available in the right place and also in right time. All this can be achieved by understanding the

business pattern of Liner Shipping.

Page 67: Liner Services

BLOCK II

Organization structure of a containerized Liner Shipping Company – Operations, Technical & Commercial

Functions – Marketing of Liner Services – Appointment & Management of Liner agencies – Standard Liner

Agency Agreement

Structure

Overview

Learning Objectives

Upon capturing the contents of these units, the students will be in a position to understand the following:

Introduction – Organization structure

Functions of a Liner Shipping Company – Role of Marketing Manager

Functions of Documentation Manager – Import

Functions of Documentation Manager - Export

Functions of Operations Manager

Functions of Accounts Manager

Functions of EDP Manager

Appointment & Management of Liner Agencies

Overview

This unit covers the practical aspects of a container shipping company. The organization structure and the

roles of the Department Managers are discussed in detail. The role of every Manager – Documentation,

Operations, Accounts and EDP is interlinked with the centralized data available in the system of the

company. At every stage, the amount of co-ordination work involved between departmental managers may

be understood well by studying all the units under this chapter. The system that is presently in existence on

availing the agency services and the guidelines given by the Standard Liner Agency Agreement is also

outlined.

Summary

Review Questions

Unit 2.1

Page 68: Liner Services

ORGANISATION STRUCTURE

INTRODUCTION

Like any other company having their own structure and system of functioning, Liner Shipping Companies do

have their own system and structure of their organization. According to the size and ownership of the Liner

Shipping companies, it will vary very significantly. As per the business entity, even it may a sole

proprietorship, a firm or a Limited Company. It may be even a subsidiary of a foreign company having its

functioning in other countries. The size and ownership of a company will have impact on the way in which it

is structured and managed.

Though there may be significant variance in organization, there are large numbers of areas of activity that

are common to all liner companies.

Ship Management and Operation aspects of ship owning organization is not considered for our scope of

study in Liner Shipping Organization Structure. However, the commercial aspects of liner business and the

common structure used to deliver the services are focused in this session.

Every company has got their own key divisions of responsibility. While the responsibilities are allocated,

generally it is ensured to the extent possible, any overlapping is avoided.

Liner Shipping companies vary significantly in terms of their overall size and ownership. There could be lot

of subsidiary companies for a larger multinational organization. The size and ownership of a liner shipping

company will have some bearing on the way in which it is structured and managed.

In most liner companies there are some key divisions having individual responsibility and the framing of

divisions and their activities will have more focus to minimize the overlaps and potential duplication of effort

or clashing of responsibility within the divisions of the company.

MANAGEMENT POLICY

The company will generally have Board of Directors and the Chairman or Managing Director will be heading

the company’s activities. It is the board’s decision that will demark the maximum powers of the Managing

Director. The following will be few of the areas that will be generally decided by the top management.

The company’s strategy on Logistics

The routes on which the company will be operating

Page 69: Liner Services

The type and size of the vessels to be deployed in the route

Membership of any conference

Consortium arrangements

Marketing and pricing

Financial performance – Overall Budgeting & Monitoring & Corrective measures in case of any deviations

Once the above broad policy is established, the management will delegate the powers to down the line

authorities for effective management.

The basic decision of acquisition of vessels or long term chartering will again subject to the policy and the

financial strength of the shipping company.

Once the decision is taken to buy the ship on outright basis, the company may use its resources or obtain a

loan or mortgage secured on the vessel. Except for largest companies who have their own architects and

design team to create the type and size for a new vessel, others may take the services of a Ship Sale &

Purchase broker to obtain a vessel.

The Shipping Companies which do not have sufficient borrowing capacity for all the ships it want to deploy in

service may prefer long term chartering arrangements. Companies that are operating in short sea trades

may time charter suitable vessel from ship owning companies who specialize in container ships or Ro-Ro

ships.

The shipping companies next focus upon purchasing the vessel would be that of to run the vessels with

proper crew and this services are either outsourced either in total or in partial or managed engaging own

crew and the decision will be based on the size and the policy of the company.

Ships require constant supervision and monitoring of their structure and their machinery. The requirement of

periodical maintenance to ensure the seaworthiness of the ship is an important function. MARINE AND

ENGINEERING department of the company is vested with the responsibility to ensure the seaworthiness of

the ship. This may also be outsourced.

The purchase of Ship and the maintenance of the ship is a different function from that of the commercial

activities of running the business having ships. The day to day affairs of the shipping company after the

establishment of the business will be discussed in detail in this lesson that will include the commercial &

operation functions of a shipping company after the establishment of the liner operations. The generally

followed trade practice on the appointment of agencies to take care of the requirements of the Principal and

the terms on which it is finalized is outlined in the session Standard Liner Agency Agreement.

Page 70: Liner Services

Review Questions:

1. Draw an organization chart of a Liner Shipping Company.

Page 71: Liner Services

Unit 2.2

FUNCTIONS OF A LINER SHIPPING COMPANY

Liner Shipping Company has got various functions. Each and every company split the activities according to

their policy and controllable strength. While few a companies would like to have their branches established

at every location where and all they serve, few other companies may prefer appointing agents at the

selective location to function on behalf of the company. The role of agents need not be same at all the

locations and the company may prefer outsourcing very few activities through the agent and the rest can be

controlled by the company itself. When the Chairman / Managing Director is the person to take the decisions

and to implement policies and strategies, there is an immediate team consisting of various persons having

skill in their particular discipline is a must for the execution of job as desired by the Chairman / Managing

Director. The possible divisions in a liner shipping company would be headed by a Manager in their

respective functions of Marketing, Documentation, Operations, Finance and EDP. A modal of the various

functions of the Managers in a liner shipping company is as below:

MARKETING MANAGER

For any organization, Marketing and Sales functions are very important since this is the point where the

customer contact is made and from thereon revenue generated for the company.

The prime responsibility of a Marketing Manager would be as below:

PRIMARY CONTACT WITH THE SHIPPER / CONSIGNEE / FORWARDERS

Marketing Manager is the first person in an organization to understand the customers’ requirements and to

analyze the possible solutions that are available and selection of a suitable one that can be offered to the

customer and to make the customer to use the shipping company’s services.

Either on the basis of primary data availability or on the secondary data availability, the Marketing Manager

first reaches the customer. The customer may be an Importer / Exporter or a Forwarder or a consolidating

agent, who will be taking the services from a Liner Operator. Upon fixing up the place and time of the

meeting, the Marketing Manager establishes the personal relationship with the customer. At this point the

exchange of thoughts of the Liner Shipping Company and the Customer takes place. After understanding

the customer’s requirement, explaining about the Shipping Company’s strengths and the available services,

the Marketing Manager stars analyzing a possible way to serve the customer.

Page 72: Liner Services

After identifying the real requirement of the customer, Marketing Manager works out a strategy to attract the

customer to avail the services offered by the shipping company. The point of attraction for the customer

depends upon the present situation and the necessity for a change. While for a few customers, price comes

last (as the amount of freight will not have a major percentage on the cost of goods) and the level service

and the commitment for reaching the cargo in time at the destination point becomes an important factor. For

set of other customers, where the product value is of very less and the cost of freight would be as much as

the cost of goods or a major element (for example, products like a mineral – Feldspar, Iron Ore when

exported in Container, etc.), the freight plays a major role as compared to other facilities offered or available

with the Liner Operator.

Marketing Manager’s prime responsibility is to be in touch with the customer and to understand the

customers’ expectation then to provide a solution to customer’s problem or highlighting the advantages of

better comforts that can be enjoyed by the Customer by utilizing the services through the particular Liner

Service Operator.

When commercial transactions are finalized by offering effective freight rates based on volume and other

payment modes, the generally offered services are listed as below.

CUSTOMER SERVICE

Regularly meeting the customer and keeping him posted of the present trends and the available schedules

and the expected changes enabling the customer to plan for his activity. There is no end to list out few

activities to cover under the customer service. It depends upon the expected level of the customer and the

affordable limit of the Service Provider.

However, few main things which would be possible for a liner to inform the customer includes –

LINER SCHEDULES

When a customer plans for effecting a shipment, the customer has to consider the various factors to meet

out the shipment date. This includes primly the validity of the Letter of Credit that a customer has in his

hands and the production plan to complete the order and upon completion of production the time that

required for movement of cargo / stuffed container to the CFS / ICD and the time required by the authorized

clearing agent for completion of customs formalities then to move the container to the port.

Page 73: Liner Services

It is the information provided by the shipping company that will help out a shipper to plan for effecting the

shipment. It is useful for the shipper to calculate back the date on which the cargo should be dispatched

from his works, depending upon the available last shipment date, to comply with the requirement of the

purchase order or the letter of credit provided by the importer.

From this the importance of communicating the schedules to the shipper by the Liner may be understood.

.

TRANS SHIPMENT ADVICES

Wherever the liner shipping companies are offering service between long distanced ports, other than the

companies that operate direct vessels, essentially there will be a trans shipment of container before it

reaching the final destination through a trans shipment port.

The trans shipment advise provided by the liner will help the importer to plan for production activity in case

the cargo is of raw material or semi finished one and in the case of a finished goods, it will help the importer

to plan for distribution and sales arrangements.

This is one of the important functions that will have to be provided by the Marketing Manager / his

department of a Liner shipping company.

ADVICE ON CARGO ARRIVAL

Though sending of cargo arrival notice to the consignee or importer or any notify party as mentioned in the

bill of lading is not legally required to be issued by the Liner; but in practice most of the liners are following

the pattern of sending the cargo arrival notice to the party mentioned in the bill of lading. Many a customers

act upon receipt of cargo arrival notice. When the shipment takes place between two ports where the transit

time is very less, getting the documents through the banking channel and having the follow-up with the liner

office to get the information takes a lot of time and this may result in a delay in clearing the consignment. To

avoid such delay because of not knowing the arrival details and to provide the customer with timely

information on arrival of cargo at the port of destination, such cargo arrival notice is sent. When the

Marketing Manager undertakes the import Marketing of the Liner shipping company, based on the assurance

given to the customer, the marketing manager has to plan the activities with load port and with other

departments within the office to ensure proper communication is sent to the customer about the reaching of

the cargo at the required destination port.

PREPARATION AND SENDING OF FREIGHT CERTIFICATES, ETC.

Page 74: Liner Services

Few of the liner shipping companies have the practice of mentioning the freight amount in the bill of lading

itself while others follow a different pattern of issuing a separate certificate mentioning the freight amount.

Issuance of freight certificate will be based on the requirement of customer i.e., when few prefer taking only

one amount – all inclusive freight, few certificate may give the break up of freight, CAF, BAF and congestion

surcharge, if any in addition to the various break-up involved.

The shipper may want to know the freight amount involved. The contract entered into may be on CIF / CFR

basis and the invoice may contain a total amount without showing any break-up. If the bill of lading contains

the freight amount, the buyer may workout the cost of goods eliminating the freight amount. To have a better

control on the costing the shipper may like to take a separate freight certificate. The marketing division of a

Liner Company generally provides this service.

When the Marketing Managers prime role is to provide services to the customers on a day-to-day basis, it is

just not limited only with providing services to the customers. They have to interact with other departments

and provide information to them enable them to plan and execute their activities. In the following sessions we

can understand the role performed by other department managers. Once the independent roles of the

Managers are understood, the amount of interaction that required at every level will be known automatically.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the various functions that are involved in a Liner Shipping Company. Enumerate the functions of a

Marketing Manager of a Liner Shipping Company.

Page 75: Liner Services

Unit 2.3

FUNCTIONS OF DOCUMENTATION MANAGER

Irrespective of the nature of the business, every company should have proper documents in place for each

and every transactions performed. In shipping industry, the amount of importance to have the transactions

documented is a very high and any omission of such recording will end up in lot of operational inconvenience

coupled with monetary loss. Since the transactions are more and there is different type of procedures to be

completed for inbound and outbound cargo, functions of a Documentation Manager is split in two folds. The

activities related to Exports are handled by different team-members and the activities of Imports are handled

by another set of team members working under the guidance of the Documentation Manager.

The prime activities of a documentation manager is listed as below:

EXPORT

FILING EXPORT GENERAL MANIFEST

It is the responsibility of every liner company to file such a document with the Local Customs Authorities

giving details of the shipment effected i.e., the details of cargo carried by them from the local Port to another.

RELEASING OF BILL OF LADING

The releasing of Bill of Lading to the customer is an important function. The Bill of Lading has got three

important functions:

It is a title document

It is an evidence of contract of carriage

It is a receipt for having received the goods

Bill of lading is an important document that transfers the title of goods from the seller to the buyer and hence

enough care and caution need to be exercised before releasing such a document by the shipping company. `

It has to be ensured that the customs authorities have authorized the cargo / container to move out of the

port through proper endorsement in the shipping bill and other relevant documents.

Page 76: Liner Services

Upon verification of the export order given by the customs authorities a document called Mate Receipt will be

signed by the Captain or the agent of the shipping line upon loading the cargo / container on the ship.

The bill of lading will generally be released by the shipping companies, upon exchange of the Mate Receipt

produced by the shipper or his agent. After having loaded the container in their ship, they will have to issue a

document called Bill of Lading to their Exporters or their authorized agents.

A detailed procedure with reference to Export Documentation is given below considering the practical

aspects of the work involved in the Export Department of a Liner Company and that is followed generally by

most of the Liner Companies.

THE ROLE OF EXPORT DOCUMENTATION DEPARTMENT IN LINER SHIPPING COMPANY :

As we have noticed from the foregoing paragraphs, the documentation department plays a very vital role in

the successful functioning of a Liner shipping Company and even a small lapse or a mistake done by this

department will affect the entire activities of the shipment. This will not only affect the shipping line’s other

department’s regular activity but also the merchants at both ends i.e., the seller and the buyer. Hence

extreme care is taken at every stage of documentation.

For the purpose of understanding, the activities performed by a typical liner company is listed below:

Every company has got its own system and procedures in place and the responsibility is vested with the

concerned Manager of the department. Based on the company’s policies, the Manager will be delegating

certain responsibilities to his subordinates and the Manager or a responsible person will directly do the co-

ordination under the supervision of the Manager between various departments. The system / procedure

detailed below may not be common with all the shipping companies and it is only a guideline, how the

documentation department of a shipping company can perform its activities in a better way.

The Outbound Documentation (Export Documentation) Department Head / Manager will be responsible for

the adherence of the system laid down by the Management by all Outbound-Documentation personnel.

The documentation department will be getting the advise from the Finance Department about the Rate of

Exchange to be adopted. Since the freight amount and other related charges will be in foreign currency, to

answer to customer queries and to update them on the amount to be paid by them, the exchange rate

adopted by the company should be made known to the documentation personnel.

Page 77: Liner Services

To know the details about vessel arrival and to pass on the details to the parties, the Export department

personnel will check one or more of the following:   

Through the system, browsing the Vessel Schedule

Checking with Operations Department

Checking with Vessel Operator 

It is essential for the export department personnel to know the vessel schedule for them to apply the Rate of

exchange applicable to that particular vessel. Generally the rate of exchange will be varying day to day and

depending upon the policy of the company for few of the feeder service vessel they may keep the same for 2

days and for other vessel services, the validity of the rate may be kept as either 7 or 5 days prior to the

vessels arrival.

BILL OF LADING – DRAFT CREATION & FINAL B/L RELEASING

The next important function of any export department will be creating a Bill of Lading. The following are the

guidelines to prepare a B/L.

The Export Department Head is responsible for adhering the s procedure laid down by the company, by all

his / her department personnel.

Upon receipt of copy of Shipping Instruction from the customer, they should check and review the information

with their available data. If any clarification is required from Shipper, they should ask for the same.

When Shipper requests a destination that is not a port of call of the shipping line, they must decline such

requests, or consult their Department Manager. The customer will have to be informed about the port of

calls of the shipping company and the suitable one as accepted by the customer to be finalized.

In case of Shipper provides an address of Notify Party who is not located in the same country as the B/L

Place of Delivery, they should ensure that Shipper also provides a contact party and address at Final

Destination and should be marked in ‘Also Notify Party’.

Shipper has to provide the piece count for each container, weight, seal number and the export department

should check all these information.

Page 78: Liner Services

They should ensure that no special or detrimental clause is contained in the Shipping Instruction.  If Shipper

raises the special request to include it in B/L, approval of the Manager should be obtained. The Manager

may approve the same after consulting the Top Management and explaining the possible outcome of

including such information in the Bill of Lading.

Container number on Shipping Instruction should match the shipment details under relevant booking number.

The booking number is recorded on the Shipping Instruction given by the customer generally.

Once the details are checked the B/L will be created and saved in draft status. Before the Original Bill of

Lading is taken out, the following are checked:

Bill type

Number of originals and copies

Date

Parties: The Name of Shipper, The Consignee, Notify Party and Also Notify Party

Cargo: Number and type of packages and description of goods

In case of Dangerous Cargo - the UN number, Class number and Flash point

Equipment: Container number(s) and Seal number(s).

 

After the complete checking of BL data, the export department personnel of the respective location must

issue the draft copy along with the proforma invoice to the customer.

RELEASING BILL OF LADING

On receiving any change request from the Shipper or Forwarder, the changes should be made and the same

be resent to the customer either through mail or by fax. Upon acceptance of the draft by the Shipper /

Forwarder the Bills of lading should be made available for final printing.

On collection of all the B/L charges from the customer in the prescribed form, the export department may

issue the Original B/L to the customer.

RECEIVED FOR SHIPMENT BL 

At the time of Final BL release, if the customer request for Received for Shipment BL, due to date issue

based on the Letter of Credit (LC) stipulation or other reason like container shut out, after checking that the

container is in the port prior to the BL date and if the shipping bill is handed over by the customer, with the

Page 79: Liner Services

stamp “Received for Shipment” or the clause as per local requirement in the body of the Original Bill of

Lading, Received for Shipment Bill can be released.

In normal practice, the shipping instruction is submitted to the shipping company within 2/3 days from the

date of vessel sailing. Due to circumstances beyond the control of the shipper, there may be some delay in

submitting the shipping instructions to the shipping line. The shipping Line can prepare and release the Bill

of Lading only upon receipt of the shipping instructions. Any delay in providing the shipping instruction will

delay the bill of lading release. In case of late receipt of shipping instruction, generally the follow-up with the

Shipper / Agent will be made.

Documents like Non-negotiable B/L, Shipping Instruction and any waiver details will be kept in the office for

future references.

The process will be in total complete, if there is no request for amendment is received by the shipping Line.

But in normal course, a shipper may seek amendments in the bill of lading for various reasons. To list out

few of the reasons, the actual consignee might be not in a position to take delivery of cargo and in such

circumstances; the shipper could have identified an alternate buyer. In this case, the amendment may be for

the change of consignee. After releasing the original bill of lading, the shipper may be asking for a different

port of destination based on the request made by the consignee / importer. Had the documents not

negotiated with the bank, it becomes essential for the shipper to get an amendment. After negotiating the

documents, for the reason mentioned in the beginning, there may be a different system followed by the

shipping companies. Instead of amending it on the original bill of lading, a communication be sent from load

port to the destination port using email / fax.

Each and every company has got set of procedures in entertaining the customer request for amendment.

The Export Documentation Department Head will be responsible for the amendments and he should take

enough of caution before issuing any amendments to the Bill of Lading that has been released already. The

amendments may have to be given either on request made by the customer and based on the internal

request made by the department because of their mistakes.

When an amendment to be issued due to Customers Request, the following need to be checked:

There should be a request in writing from the customer, which is the important requirement before

proceeding with any amendment.

Page 80: Liner Services

If shipment has arrived at discharge port – consult with discharge office whether the amendment can be

made and if any additional charges will apply and / or relevant parties will accept changed payment terms.

When the amendments can be made and additional charges will apply, the customer must confirm in writing

their agreement to pay all additional charges and if required surrender full set of Original bills of lading before

changes are processed.

Once the necessary written acceptance is received and full set of Original bills of lading surrendered, subject

to payment of any charges, either an amendment be made or another set of Original Bill of Lading be issued.

In the absence of full set of Original bills of lading, there should be no issue of any new set of Original bill of

lading to customer.

AMENDMENT REQUESTED BY INTERNAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL:

When there is an internal request for a change, the documentation department should identify the reason for

the amendments and record such requests. Upon identification and if End of Voyage is declared, they must

consult with the discharge end offices whether that change can be made. If disport gives their no objection, it

can be amended and immediately upon amending the same, it should be communicated to all concerned.

All copies of amendment requests in hardcopy will be kept in the Vessel/Voyage file for a reasonable time

that the management think fit to be kept. All soft copy of the amendment received on email should also be

preserved for a reasonable time.

HANDLING SWITCH BILL OF LADING:

Switch B/L request usually arises when the buyer who is the title holder of the full set of Original B/L re-sells

the cargo to an ultimate buyer in a triangular transaction.    Due to commercial needs, the original buyer does

not wish to disclose to the seller (shipper) the ultimate buyer information and also not to the ultimate buyer

the seller’s information. 

When B/L is switched, only the name & address of the shipper, consignee, notify party are allowed to be

changed on the new B/L.

If Change of Destination is required, they should follow set of guidelines given by the Management and this

varies company to company.

Page 81: Liner Services

For Switch B/L change of destination, the original/actual Place of Receipt and Port of Loading must not be

changed.   Only the new Port of Discharge and/or the Final Destination allowed to be changed on the new

B/L.

Purpose and the issuance of Switch Bill of Lading is a commercial practice followed by shipping companies

to ensure that the actual buyer and seller are not coming to know about each other and to protect the

secrecy of commercial transactions, a merchant trader is using this system of switch bill of lading. When the

importance is so high, a shipping company, before issuing an amendment, should take the proper care. The

shipping companies generally scrutinize the following.

B/L requestor’s identity as rightful title owner

On receipt of customer request for Switch B/L, they must verify the requestor’s identity as to whether he/she

is the title-holder.

They should request the customer to surrender the full set of Original B/L duly signed/stamped along with a

letter in the customer’s company letter-head clearly specifying:

     The B/L number,

     Request for Switch B/L,

     The name & address of the new shipper, consignee and notify party

     Acceptance of additional costs incurred, if any.

Upon receipt of full set of Original B/L, the export documentation department personnel must check the

endorsement at the back of the B/L is completed, and also ensure that the chain of endorsement is not

broken. 

It should also be ensured that the requestor is the last title-holder, signed and stamped the full set of Original

B/L surrendered.

If any endorsement is broken, or the requestor being the last title-holder did not sign/stamp the full set of

surrendered Original B/L, a request is placed with the customer to complete all endorsement.  If the

requestor is unable to comply, the shipping company can decline Switch B/L request. 

If the loading ports are in other regions, all money receivable in India must follow the guidelines of

Management for realizing the payments. If payment is realized and the request / requestor is a genuine one,

they can issue a new set of Original B/L from system.

Page 82: Liner Services

All charges incurred and Change of Destination costs if it is involved, will be collected before release of the

new set of Original B/L to the customer, unless the shipping company has extended some credit facility to the

customer.

The full set of Original B/L for issuing switch BL, is preserved with copy of new set of Switch B/L in the Switch

B/L file kept in the office issuing the same for a reasonable time.

HANDLING OF SEAWAY BILL

The practice of seaway bill is in existence, where the buyer and seller have got a better relationship and the

money transfer is not an issue between the parties. In the case of Bill of Lading, as we have seen in the

earlier session, it has got an important function known as “Document of Title”. Before the consignee takes

delivery of cargo from the shipping line custody, the consignee has to surrender the bill of lading with due

and proper endorsements. The bill of lading can be obtained from the banker of the importer only upon

payment of due amount towards the value of the consignment or in the case of credit arrangements, with a

due undertaking to settle the payment on due date. Immediately upon shipment, the exporter has to make

arrangements for submission of documents to the importers bank through their bank. The time taken by the

exporter to submit the documents to the bank depends upon the conditions laid down in the letter of credit or

in the purchase order in case of transactions not covered by a letter of credit.

When the distance between the port of loading and the port of discharge is more and the transit time is also

more, there will be no much of delay in the importer getting the documents. Whereas in the case of short

distanced route, the vessel will report earlier and the documents may come late. In these circumstances, to

avoid the delay in getting the consignment, the exporter and importer may prefer using a Seaway Bill.

The shipping company, to meet customers’ request for a speedy release of cargo at destination, issues Sea

Way bill. The generally followed procedure in case of seaway bill transaction is given as below:

Shipping company, upon receiving the request from customer for Sea Waybill, must request the customer to

submit the Shipper's Letter of Indemnity, in the prescribed format.

During documentation process, they should ensure the following in documentation system:

1. If the freight and related dues are collected from the customer already, “Sea Waybill” can be issued.

Page 83: Liner Services

2. Seaway bill can be issued only to straight consignment and not “To Order” consignments.  Sea Waybill

should show proper remark “SEA WAYBILL NON NEGOTIABLE”

The more important thing in case of releasing seaway bill is that the shipping company informing the other

end about the issuance of seaway bill.

The all relevant documents of the transaction – Shippers request for seaway bill, copy of seaway bill, letter of

indemnity and other relevant communications exchanged into between the shipping company and the

customer should be kept in the shipping lines office till the transaction is completely closed i.e., till at the

other end the party taking delivery and after taking delivery for a reasonable time.

HANDLING LOST BILL OF LADING

In the course of transit, there may be a possibility that the documents sent might get lost. In such events, the

consignee should not face losses because of not taking delivery in the absence of Original Bill of Lading. At

the same point of time, if the documents are lost before negotiation, the exporter / shipper cannot negotiate

the documents and realize the money. To avoid this problem, shipping companies will be in a position to

offer some solutions to the parties. The procedure may vary between the companies to companies and the

focus is given hereunder on the general areas where the care need to be taken to protect the interest of the

shipping company.

The shipper should make a request to the Liner in writing for issuance of Replacement Bill of Lading against

the Lost Original Bill of Lading. Such request should be accompanied with a Letter of Indemnity from the

shipper as prescribed by the Shipping Company. The Bond will be executed duly endorsed by the banker to

the effect of indemnifying the vessel owner, carrier and their agents for issuing such second set of original bill

of lading.

Before issuing the second set of original bill of lading, the load port agents / liner export department should

check with the discharge port whether the Cargo is released or the delivery order is issued for the cargo

against which the second set of original bill of lading is sought for. A communication should be sent to the

discharge port about the lost bill of lading. Once the port of discharge confirms that the cargo is not

delivered / the delivery order is not released, process for issuing the second set of original bill of lading can

be commenced.

Once the clearance is obtained from the Head of the department to issue a second set of original bill of

lading, such release of second set of original bill of lading should contain a text similar to that mentioned

Page 84: Liner Services

stating “SECOND SET OF OBL ISSUED IN PLACE OF LOST B/L” or the same. The following will be

generally in practice in case of second set of original bill of lading:

Goods are to be delivered against the reissued set of original b/l, provided the goods have not been

delivered against the first set of original b/l, which declared lost by shipper.

Had the goods already been delivered against the first set of original bill of lading, the reissued set of original

bill of lading will automatically be considered null and void.

In case the first set of original bill of lading presented after the goods have been delivered against this

reissued set of original bill of lading, the first issued set of original bill of lading will be considered null and

void.

The load port office should send a communication to the port of discharge/destination and concerned parties

stating that the cargo be released against the replacement set of Original Bills of Lading.

The office that issues the replacement bill of lading will keep the concerned records in their file for a

reasonable time. The records will include the Indemnity Bond, Request Letter, OBL copy, Replacement bill

of lading copy, communication sent to discharge port and other relevant communications and documents of

the transaction.

CHANGE OF DESTINATION

Whenever there is a request from the shipper to change the port of destination after loading the cargo

onboard vessel, shipping company may accept such request. In case of accepting such requests, the

process will start with the letter of request from the shipper asking for such a change of destination. Once

the letter is received, the additional charges will be collected from the shipper and the bill of lading will be

released.

The change of destination request along with the details of charges collected will be in record for a

reasonable time.

RELEASE OF CARGO WITHOUT PRODUCTION OF OBL

As we have noticed in the Seaway bill chapter, many times based on the situational requirement and

relationship maintained between the shipper and consignee, shipper and the shipping company, consignee

Page 85: Liner Services

and shipping company, there may be a situation where the disport office may have to release the cargo in

the absence of producing the original bill of lading. In such situations, there should be a set of procedure

would generally be followed.

To release the cargo to the consignee, disport will ask the shipper to surrender the Original Bill of Lading.

When shipper or shipper’s agent requests for cargo release to consignee at destination without presentation

of an Original B/L, a full set of duly endorsed Original B/L by shipper must be surrendered at the load port

itself. If the shipper had not collected the OBL, they will have to issue a Cargo Release Request

letter printed on their letterhead.

On receipt of such letter from the shippers, the shipping company will send a communication to the discharge

port to effect the delivery to the consignee without insisting for the original bill of lading. But before sending

such a message, they will ensure that all related charges are collected from the shipper.

After receipt of full set of duly endorsed Original B/L, or Shippers letter if Original B/L are not collected, the

shipping company will request the shipper to put in writing specifying to whom the cargo should be released

to at destination, if shipment is consigned “to order”. For direct consignment, cargo must be released to the

named consignee on the Bills of Lading.

The Original B/L together with shipper’s request letter and other relevant documents will be kept in the office

sending such release message for a reasonable period.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the functions of a bill of lading.

2. Write a short note on handling the following:

a) Seaway bill of lading

b) Switch bill of lading

c) Changing of Destination

d) Lost bill of lading & procedures to be followed

Page 86: Liner Services

Unit 2.4

IMPORT

FILING OF IMPORT GENERAL MANIFEST

Every shipping company will have to file a document with customs authorities giving details about the

shipment and such a document is known as Import General Manifest. This is an important document

containing the entire details about the shipment and acts as a controlling document right from the time of

arrival of cargo / container in a port till it moves out of charge of a liner.

This document generally contains the following information:

Name of the shipping line / agent

Name of the ship

Port where the report is made

Nationality of the ship

Name of the Master

Port of Loading

Line No.

Bill of Lading Number & Date

No & Kind of packages – cases, cartons, bales, pieces, etc.

Marks & Numbers

Gross Weight

Description of Goods

Names of Consignee / Importer

Date of presentation of Bill of Entry

Name of Customs House Agent

Rotation Number

Most of the relevant information will have to be filled by the Liner / Agent and the document will be filed with

Customs Authorities.

This document is very essential for the customs authorities to cross verify the information produced by the

agents in the bill of entry to keep control on un-cleared cargo by the respective party.

Page 87: Liner Services

SENDING CARGO ARRIVAL NOTICE

Though sending the cargo arrival notice is not the legal responsibility of the liner, generally by virtue of

practice, most of the companies follow the system of sending the cargo arrival notice to the consignees /

notify parties. While the preparation of these notice are in the scope of import division, as mentioned earlier,

the Marketing Division sends the notice to the consignee.

As compared to the functions of export department, the functions of import department will be in reverse to

that of the process for export. While for exports, the details need to be filed with Customs upon completion

of shipment and the bill of lading released to the parties after receiving the cargo at port / loading it on board

the vessel, sending shipment advice / trans shipment advice after vessel sailing, in Imports the notice of

arrival is sent generally before the vessels arrival indicating the tentative date of arrival of vessel, the

documents with Customs filed in advance and the Delivery Order issued only upon the importer / their agents

surrendering the original bill of lading with due endorsements.

The entire functions of the import department cannot be detailed in total since many of the functions will get

added to the core functions of the department in case of requirement in special circumstances. The general

scope of work that is followed by the Liner Companies is outlined below:

RATE OF EXCHANGE (ROE)

Like we have seen in the export activities, in import division also the Rate of Exchange has to be maintained

and the relevant conversion rate will be given by the finance department. The Rate of Exchange will be

maintained for few days ranging between 3 to 5 days or more depending upon company’s policy. In order to

apply the right rate of exchange, the inbound department should get updated on the vessels arrival. This

updating would be possible as in the case of export, in the following ways.

Through the computer system by   Browsing the Vessel Schedule

Checking with the Operations Department

Checking with the Vessel Operator

Through other sources like local shipping news daily, etc.

The inbound department should send notice of arrival of cargo to all the customers and to comply with other

declaration formalities with Custom department. To give proper declaration to Govt. authorities and to keep

the customers updated on the vessel details the import department will have to check the following:

Vessel / voyage

Page 88: Liner Services

Last Discharge port

The import department personnel should search for all B/Ls in the system to know the containers expected to

arrive in a vessel and all the bill of lading numbers are appearing. In case of any excess / shortage of bill of

lading particulars or any excess / shortage of containers with out bill of lading details, they should check with

the load port and get the right information.

Once the details are in total available, the next step will be to submit the data:

To submit Import manifest to Customs

To file details meant for local ICD port.

The Inbound Documentation personnel will extract the Inbound Manifest from the system. The status of the

containers will be checked to know whether it is a FCL or LCL shipment.

In case of LCL consignments and the cargo are consigned in the name of freight forwarder, the import

department should get the house bill of lading copies.

For all other shipments, to check with all partners who have loaded the containers in the vessel and to take

the details of shipment arriving in the respective ship. After getting all the information, the IGM has to be filed

with Customs department.

The Import Advance List should be forwarded to the Operations Department enabling them to forward the

same to Port and plan for their operation activities.

Generally the Import advance list will contain the following details:

Local Container showing Container Freight Station (CFS) code

Inland Container showing Inland Container Depot (ICD) Code

Hazardous Container showing IMCO class

Reefer container stating Temperature to be maintained

The import department should check the details in the onboard list received from Trans-shipment port or

Local Feeder Operator with the systems data. If any discrepancy found in the onboard list and the system

data, immediately information to be given to the Trans-shipment Port or Local Feeder Operator to clarify the

discrepancy. In order to complete the IGM, the import department should get information like Item Number

and Line Number from other partners who have loaded their cargo in the same vessel.

Page 89: Liner Services

In case of the Liner getting their containers through the feeder operator, the inbound documentation

personnel will send the Customs Manifest to the Local Public Feeder Operator through e-mail for submission

to the Customs. They may also forward the Import Advance List to local Public Feeder Operator through e-

mail.

For cargo belonging to other vessel sharing partners or slot operators, the Inbound Documentation personnel

should forward the Container list with the proper ITEM number allotted to the respective vessel sharing

partners or slot operators.

Printed copies of Customs Manifest must be filed in the IGM file records and need to be maintained in the

liner’s office for a reasonable time. Import Advance list file also must be maintained. Printed copies of Sub

Manifest / Trans-shipment permit should also be maintained in the local office of the liner.

After submission of Manifest to Customs, at times there may be a request from consignee seeking an

amendment in the same. After checking with the load port and upon receiving the confirmation from the

respective parties they will issue Amendment form/ NOC letter to shipper’s agent to get the amendment done

in Customs.

When the customer approaches for delivery of cargo, the inbound personnel collect the customs approved

copy of the Amendment form and check the amendments and collect all the applicable charges before

releasing the delivery order.

Customs approved letter/Amendment form copy/ NOC letter and Original Bills of Lading should be in the

respective file of the vessel.

Apart from the documentation work related to Customs and Customers, the follow-up with customer in

respect of charges collection is also vested with the Import Documentation Department.

On a weekly basis, import department personnel will download details from system and also the list of bills of

lading with Outstanding Billable Detention. They should review the list of Billable Detention and ensure that

all Customer extended free time arrangements are correctly applied to the shipments.

RELEASE / DELIVERY ORDER FOR INBOUND SHIPMENTS

The consignee / importer / their agents can take delivery of cargo only against the submission of Delivery

Order to the concerned custodian of cargo. Before releasing the delivery order, generally the following

precautions will be taken by the import department personnel:

Page 90: Liner Services

Ensure Original Bills of Lading presented

The respective containers discharged from the vessel and reached the respective CFS / ICD

The freight Invoice is issued to the customer

When the Customer or the Customer’s agent comes to the counter to collect Release / Delivery orders,

personnel at the counter must ensure a duly signed & stamped OBL, without broken endorsement.

In case of Telex Release, personnel at the counter verify the copy of the B/L brought by the consignee for

Release / Delivery orders, with the telex message details.

If no OBL is presented, Release/Delivery orders must not be issued, except under following conditions: -  

Prior arrangement has been made, with confirmed shippers consent for presentation of Letter of Indemnity

for Direct consignment, or Letter of Indemnity with Bank Guarantee for TO ORDER consignment. 

Load Port / Origin Office has confirmed surrender of full set of OBL at loading end.

Sea Waybill – the Customer or the Customer’s agent must present a copy of the Seaway Bill.

Inbound Documentation Personnel at the counter must verify the OBL or the Sea Waybill, as presented.

In the case of an Original Bill of Lading must ascertain the following:

“TO ORDER” BILL OF LADING

Import documentation personnel should ensure that the shipper has duly stamped and signed the reverse

side of the Bill of Lading.

In case of an “Endorsement in blank," where the shipper directs the carrier to deliver the cargo to the Holder

of the Original Bill of Lading, the party taking delivery of the cargo needs to identify themselves by either of

the following means:

a) Endorsing the reverse side of the Bill of Lading or

b) Producing a Letter of Authority from shipper                       

Page 91: Liner Services

In case of an “Endorsement with condition” Bill of Lading, where an endorsee is named, it must be ensured

that the endorsements are not broken, and cargo must be released to the last named endorsee or its

authorized agent.  All endorsees including the last named endorsee must: Endorse the reverse side of the

Bill of Lading

“STRAIGHT CONSIGNED” BILL OF LADING

A Straight Consigned B/L is not negotiable and the cargo is deliverable only to the named Customer or to

their authorized agent.

Import department personnel to check the named Customer has duly stamped and signed the B/L. If it is

suspected that there is a discrepancy and this may be due to an error on the part of Liner, as a load port

manifest error, then they should send an enquiry to the load port and/or Bill of Lading issuing office for

clarification. Following action needs to be taken depending on the response:

If there be a Liner mistake, an amendment should be issued by the load-port. Once the amendment is

obtained from the load-port, they may ask the customer the mode of Delivery and accordingly collect the

bond with appropriate name along with respective charges.

BOND COLLECTION / CANCELLATION 

The Liners containers are used to carry the cargo of the shippers. While the Delivery Order is issued

mentioning the container number enabling the consignee to take delivery of cargo in the respective

container, the Liner should ensure that the empty container after devanning the cargo is reaching their

Depot.

At the time of releasing the Delivery order, the Personnel at the counter should also collect a Bond or an

undertaking from the customer saying that the customer would take all the responsibility for safe reaching the

empty container at the depot and for any damage to the container, the customer will take the responsibility to

make the loss good to the Liner, towards the repairing cost. In normal practice, a cheque will also be

collected from the agents towards the safe receipt of empty container.

 

Once the importer / agents deliver the container at the nominated depot and produces and acknowledgement

towards that, the bond may be cancelled. For any damages in the container due to the fault of the importer /

agent, the liner may collect the payment separately or the cheque received while delivering the container will

be filled with due amount and presented to the bank.

Page 92: Liner Services

BILLING TO CUSTOMERS

Before releasing the delivery orders, it has to be ensured that the freight and all other relevant charges are

collected. If any other additional charges are to be collected, the customer should be contacted and a

confirmation be obtained. Upon getting the confirmation invoice be raised and charges collected.

FOLLOW UP ON EMPTY CONTAINER

Timely follow-up be made with the customers for delivering empty containers in the respective yard.

FOLLOW UP ON LADEN CONTAINERS NOT TAKEN DELIVERY

If laden container is not taken delivery from the CFS or ICD, to have a control on the same, import

documentation personnel do regular generation of reports. Few of the reports generated by the Liner will

include:

Overdue Containers at various Locations

Against the containers for which Delivery orders are released

Based on the reports generated, follow-up with the customer will made to know the plans of the customer.

If the Customer or notify party does not take delivery of the containers within the stipulated time, the inbound

documentation personnel may inform sales team to follow-it up with the customers and for the recovery of all

related charges. After all the efforts, if the consignee does not turn up for taking delivery, the container may

be brought in for action by the custodian.

HANDLING OF ABANDONED CARGO

A Reminder Notice be sent to the Customer, giving details of shipment in the first place, notifying about the

un-cleared cargo and inform them to clear the cargo before end of 60 days period. This notice will generally

be sent by Registered Post. After sending the notice, if no response is received in a reasonable time, the

Import Department will have to inform the Load-port to contact shipper and the Local Import Sales personnel

about the situation.

Page 93: Liner Services

If the cargo still remains un-cleared, Customs Department may bring the cargo for auction. To prevent this,

the imports department should send reminder notices to the parties mentioned in the bill of lading. Such

communication may be effected through Registered Post.

Based on the feedback received from the shipper / importer / agents, the process of abandoning may get

prolonged. If Customer does not take delivery or respond to the reminder, then they will have to inform Load-

port to contact shipper and inform about the situation, and alert them on the Shipper's liability according to

the bill of lading terms when cargo is abandoned.

The Load-port can request the shipper to settle the outstanding collect charge and demurrage and inform

shipper on those amounts. The Imports Division may also check with the shipper to see if they want the

cargo to be returned, diverted to another location and / or to change to a new Customer if they prove still hold

the ownership of cargo by title and have in possession OB/L issued against shipment unless covered by Sea

Waybill or Express B/L.

Based on the input from the Origin, if shipper wants cargo to be shipped back to them, and they will pay the

outstanding   freight / charges as well as the additional freight/charges of the returned shipment, the liner

should make arrangements to send back the consignment after collecting necessary charges through the

load-port, without delay and inform the Customer on the decision of shipper to return cargo. The import

documentation personnel will do the entire documentation and co-ordination functions.

CARGO HELD BY CUSTOMS / GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES

On receiving the letter from the CFS, informing the Inbound documents department about the Custom’s

decision of the auctioning the Cargo, they will contact and send a registered letter to the consignee or the

notify party to approach the customs to resolve the issue at the earliest.

If the consignee or the notify party is not traceable: – 

The liner should inform the load port to get in touch with the shipper and inform them of the situation.   They

will also inform the Origin of the projected expenses/ cost / delays and decision of the Customs authority.

They should handover the below mentioned documents to the Operations team for their further process or for

any potential claims:

Full correspondence in hard copy

Bill of Lading copy

Page 94: Liner Services

Copy of Register Letter sent to Customer

Registration copy

Copy of reminder Letters sent via fax / email

Review Questions:

1. Explain the role of Import Documentation Manager.

2. How will you handle the following? Explain the caution to be taken while handling these.

1. ‘To Order” Bill of Lading

2. Straight Bill of Lading

3. Explain the procedures that need to be followed in case of confiscation of cargo by Customs / Government

authorities.

Page 95: Liner Services

UNIT 2.5

FUNCTIONS OF OPERATIONS MANAGER

The role of Operations Manager is split into two –

1. Vessel Operations / husbandry

2. Executive

VESSEL OPERATIONS:

BEFORE ARRIVAL OF THE SHIP

This is a crucial function of a shipping company. Unless the statutory requirements are complied with the

vessel cannot arrive into berth. Any delay in berthing the vessel will result in huge loss to the vessel owner /

operator.

The functions of the operations manager include the pre-intimation to the terminal to organize for a berth to

accommodate the vessel immediately upon arrival apart from the other usual requirements.

Operations Manager has to discuss with the terminal operator / stevedore agent about the cargo handling

programme and the berth allotment planning by the terminal operator.

It is the responsibility of the operations department to organize for the pilot and tugs.

He has to organize for the Customs and Immigration attendance. Whenever there is a crew sign on or off,

he has to co-ordinate and arrange for a government official or consular to be present for the same.

The health of the personnel working in the ship is very important and the responsibility of arranging a doctor

to attend for routine matters or in respect of illness of any personnel of the ship is vested with the operations

department. The operations department will take the help of the administration department of the shipping

liner company for executing this function.

Though it is not specific to one department, the liner company has to arrange for the delivery of food, water,

bunkers and stores of all kinds as required by the ship captain.

Page 96: Liner Services

Preparation of Inward and outward clearance, light and Port Dues is an important function of the shipping

company. While the documentation department prepares the basic documents, the operations executive

completes the formalities through proper co-ordination with various authorities involved.

When the vessel moves from a port, depending upon the distance involved to reach the port, the crew will

not have any connectivity with the port / shore except through the available communication facilities. Upon

ship’s leaving from a port, if anything need to be reached to the ship’s crew, generally a mail / parcel will be

sent by the local office / agent to the agent / office at the next port of call. Thus collecting mail for the ship

ready to be taken on board is an important and very vital function.

Apart from the all above, the arrangement of transportation to and from the airports and railways station for

the crew arriving and leaving is also the responsibility of the operations department.

ON ARRIVAL

Arranging for cash to be brought on board for disbursement to the crew

Arranging for medical or dental treatment to the needy crew personnel

To discuss and provide precise details concerning cargo work for livestock, hazardous goods, heavy lifts and

valuable cargoes, if any.

To report to the principal the details concerning insurance and General Average Claims, if any.

To arrange for surveyors either cargo related or ship damage or both.

DURING SHIP’S CALL

To liaise with ships personnel on a daily basis

To arrange for the signing of Mate’s receipts and Bill of Lading

Payment of bills / invoices for goods and services supplied to ship

Regular communication with Principal, informing them on ship’s progress and sailing prospects.

Page 97: Liner Services

ON DEPARTURE

Getting details from the Captain of the ship about the ETA of the vessel at the next port and the ship’s

requirements on arrival there and to communicate the same to the office / agent at the next port of call.

AFTER DEPARTURE

To inform the office / agent of the next port the ETA and the requirements of the ship on arrival.

To inform the office / agent on any other related information as required by the ship’s personnel – any special

medical or crew welfare needs.

The above are the common functions of the shipping companies and the procedure may vary between

companies to company. A typical liner shipping company’s operation procedure is given in detail for the

purpose of better understanding

This procedure covers the following topics

Arrival of Vessel

Declaration of arrival status in Port meeting

Vessel Operations      

Operation Manager must ensure that the timely monitoring is made on the arrival and departure of the

vessel. The Personnel must be in continuous touch with Port Control department and monitor the timely

berthing of the vessel as per the schedule given by Port Authority department. They will ensure to declare

the status of the vessel in the Daily Port Meeting held at the Port.

They must ensure smooth vessel operations by being in constant touch with the Port Authority department,

Chief Officer of the vessel, Health Officer and the Customs department.

HUSBANDING OF VESSELS:

It is handled by the Operations Department.

The Master of the vessel will inform by E-mail the Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA) of the vessel to the

Operations Personnel. The Operations Personnel will inform ETA to the approved Husbandry vendor (this

activity is outsourced mostly by the shipping companies).

Page 98: Liner Services

The Operations Personnel must ensure the following documents, as required by the various

government/port/health authorities are handed over to the Husbandry vendor.

      Boarding request letter

      Immigration report

      Port Health Officer (PHO) declaration

      Master declaration form

      Foreign Currency declaration

      Same Bottom Cargo declaration

      Arrival Report

      Opium drug declaration

      Crews Effects declaration

      Ship Stores declaration

      Dangerous Drugs declaration

      Application for Entry Inward

      Application for Entry Outward

      Master certificate for Income Tax

      Departure report of the ship

      Customs NOC for Departure

      Immigration NOC for Shore pass

      Police NOC for Departure

      Master declaration to Police

      Vessel store list

The Operations Personnel will personally check with the Husbanding vendor if the Customs Officer, Port

Heath Officer and Immigration Department have been informed about the vessel arrival schedule.

After vessel berth, the Operations Personnel will personally monitor the Husbanding vendor and ensure that

all the jobs are performed in timely and cost efficient manner.

The husbanding vendor will ensure that all above documents duly signed by Master of the vessel and

Customs Officer, are handed over to respective authorities i.e. Customs, Port Health Officer, and Immigration

Department etc. The husbanding vendors will handover a set of Documents consisting of Arrival Report,

Master Certificate along with a Crew List to F&A Department for income Tax purpose.

Page 99: Liner Services

For any problems encountered during husbanding operation, the Marine Operations Personnel will be

informed of the same and it will be communicated to the Operations Manager for immediate action and

resolving.

SHIP PLANNING

Operations Manager is responsible for the activity of Ship Planning. It covers the Planning of the vessel after

receiving import and export BAY PLAN.

 

The Operations Personnel must co-ordinate with Port Authority and Chief Officer of the vessel to ensure that

vessel is planned to discharge/load boxes to the satisfaction of both Port Authority as well as Chief Officer of

the vessel.

PLANNING FOR INBOUND CONTAINERS:

The Operations personnel should ensure that the information is received from their counter part / Load port

by the Port Authority prior to the Vessel berthing. The Operations personnel should check the Import

advance list, if any discrepancy found, should inform the Operations Manager to contact the Head Office /

Load Port and resolve the problem immediately. Upon receiving the correct information, they should forward

the Import Advance List to the Port Authority.

PLANNING FOR OUTBOUND CONTAINERS:

The Operations personnel should forward the Export Advance List to the Port Authority before the cut off.

After cut off, the operations personnel receive the 'NOT in YARD' list from the Port authority. This list is tallied

with the Export Advance List, if any containers are found missing then the same is incorporated in the

Planned list.    Before vessel berth, they should forward the Planned list containing the list of containers

present in the Port to the Operations Manager and the Port Authority.

Based on the Planned list received from the Port / Terminal authority and the BAY PLAN received from the

Central planner, the Operations personnel should plan with the Chief Officer and the Port Authority, the

actual Export loading list. If any discrepancy found between the planned list and the BAY PLAN, the

Operations personnel should inform the Operations Manager to resolve the problem immediately.

 

After the vessel sailing, the Operations personnel should forward the Final Load List to the transshipment

port.

 

Page 100: Liner Services

The operations personnel will forward the Stowage Plan to the Head Office. The records maintained

includes, The vessel plan, Import & Export advance list and other vessel related documents are preserved in

the Vessel/Voyage file in hard copy for minimum one year in the Port Office before it could be removed to

Record Storage room.

CONTAINER MOVEMENT FOR INBOUND AND OUTBOUND

This system followed by the shipping lines for the Inbound container movement after discharge and

Outbound container movement for Load will be as below:

The Operations Manager is responsible for implementation and adherence to the procedure on container

movement.

 

INBOUND CONTAINER MOVEMENT (ICD & LOCAL)

In case of Inbound Inland Container Depot (ICD) containers, the Marine operations personnel will submit a

request letter/ Job order containing details like the container number, destination, weight, size, vessel/

voyage name and vessel identification advise (VIA) number with a copy of the Custom endorsed IGM and

Custom’s Sub Manifest Transshipment Permit to the Port Authority and Rail Authority / ICD Operator. This is

to request them to move the inbound containers to various Inland Container Depot (ICD).

 

In case of inbound local containers, the operations personnel will submit the list of local containers to be

moved to the nominated CFS, to the CFS Vendor by email.

 

OUTBOUND CONTAINER MOVEMENT (ICD & LOCAL)

 

In case of Outbound Inland Container Depot (ICD) containers, Port prescribed form containing details like the

container number, destination, weight, size, vessel/ voyage name and vessel identification advise (VIA) is to

be submitted to Port Authority. This is to request them to plan to load the containers on the respective

vessel.

 

CARGO CLAIMS HANDLING

Page 101: Liner Services

Depending upon the company’s policies, it varies. Basically it covers the handling of Cargo Claims for the

respective region. All cargo Claims processing and negotiating are centralized in the Head Office.

The Regional Operations Manager will be made responsible for the claim related matter. Upon receiving the

Cargo claim in writing or e-mail from the Customer (claimant), the local Operation personnel, will scan all the

details of the claim received and send the information to the Head Office, with a copy to the Regional Head.

An Acknowledgement confirming receipt of the claim letter will be sent to the claimant by the local Operations

Department personnel.

Regional Operations Manager / local Operations personnel will then on liaise with Head Office, and take it on

case to case basis, as per instructions received from them. Any liaison required with the claimant on the

LOCAL level by the claims department team, it would be coordinated by the ROM/ local operations

personnel. All cargo claims related correspondence is generally recorded in a register maintained by the

Head Office. The hard copy documents regarding the claim will be preserved in the CLAIMS File in the local

office till the case is settled.

CREATION AND UPDATION OF VESSEL SCHEDULES

This deals with Creation and Updating of vessel schedules. The Operations Manager is the overall

responsible person for complying with the procedures / guidelines lay down by the Head Office through his

team members. Generally, the Operations Personnel will inform the Operation Manager the actual

arrival/departure schedule of the vessel. The Operations Personnel will update the same immediately after

the vessel sailing.

CARGO CUT OFF & AVAILABILITY SCHEDULE

The Operations Personnel update the Cargo cut off and availability date and time. All records of vessel

actual times of arrival, departure, cut off and availability are maintained in the local office

FEEDER OPERATIONS

With a view to protect space on Public Feeder if the main line vessels have no space or do not call a

particular port, planning will be made by the operations team. For public feeder services, the local office

operations personnel will forward the space requirement for the cargo to be loaded on Public Feeder to the

Operations personnel. The Marine Operations Manager will then check with the approved Public Feeder

operators for availability of the required space.

Page 102: Liner Services

In case of over bookings, Operations Manager along with the Sales Manager will take the approval from the

higher authorities to load excess cargo on public feeders. This specific approval is taken generally when the

feeder services are used beyond the budgeted limits, as over usage will have heavy financial impact.

The Operations Manager should create the correct vessel schedule for the feeder vessel sufficiently prior the

vessel arrival. The local Marine Operation Personnel protects space on Public feeder vessel based on their

service/cost efficiency. Once the space is confirmed, the local Marine Operation Personnel will create the

correct vessel schedule.

FOR INBOUND CONTAINERS (LOCAL & ICD)

The Operation Personnel should submit the Import Advance List received from the local inbound

documentation personnel, to the Public Feeder Operator. In case of Inbound Inland Container Depot

containers, Operation Personnel should submit a request letter containing details like the container number,

destination, weight, size, vessel/ voyage name and vessel identification advise (VIA) number with a copy of

the Custom endorsed IGM and Custom’s Sub Manifest Transshipment Permit to the Port Authority and Rail

Authority / ICD Operator. This is to request them to move the inbound containers to various Inland Container

Depot. In case of Inbound Local containers, the Operations personnel will forward a list of containers to the

approved CFS vendor.

FOR OUTBOUND CONTAINERS (LOCAL & ICD)

The Operation Personnel should submit the Export Advance List received from the local documentation

personnel to the Public Feeder Operator. After the feeder vessel sail, the Operations Personnel should

forward the Final Load list to the transshipment ports with copy to Local documentation personnel. The local

operations personnel to ensure that the local inbound documentation personnel will forward the Import

Advance list, prior to vessel berth, by e-mail to the Public Feeder Operator. For ICD containers, the local

Operation Personnel should submit the Transshipment Application along with Port Format to the Port

authority. The Operation personnel will follow up with the Port authority for the ICD container movement to

Railhead / CONCOR for onward movement to respective ICD’s. On acceptance of the containers, CONCOR

will issue a Railway Receipt (RR) to the Operations Personnel, which will be forwarded to the respective

ICD's.

For Local containers, the inbound documentation personnel will submit the list of local containers to the local

approved Transport vendor for movement to the nominated CFS.

Page 103: Liner Services

For Outbound Containers (Local & ICD), the local Marine operations personnel to forward the Export

Advance list generated by them to the Public Feeder Operator. All records of correspondence with Vessel

operator, Customer Service and Sales Departments will be kept in email system by the Operations for a

reasonable time and then deleted.

DANGEROUS & HAZARDOUS CARGO HANDLING

This covers the loading and discharging of Dangerous Cargo (DG) and Hazardous Cargo on board vessel.

The Operations Manager is responsible for the right handling of this cargo. For Imports, the Operations

Personnel must ensure that Import Advance List forwarded by inbound documentation personnel should be

submitted to the Port Authority in softcopy and hardcopy along with the manifest of DG containers, before the

vessel cutoff.

The Operations Personnel must ensure that the DG containers to be discharged from the vessel are with

proper DG Label and are discharged at the DG yard in the port. If no proper DG label, then operations

personnel should inform the Chief officer and the Port Authority.

For Exports, the Operations Personnel must also ensure that all DG containers entered inside the port

premises for loading on feeder vessel have been approved by feeder operator via e-mail. They must ensure

that all DG containers for export loading have entered the port premises with proper DG labels. If any DG

container entered the port premises is found to be without proper DG label, then operations personnel should

inform to the concerned customer and the Operation personnel will label the container before it is loaded on

board.

In case any DG container is loaded on board without proper DG label, the Operations Personnel must co-

ordinate with Port Authority and Chief Officer and stick the required labels before vessel sails. The special

service request (SSR) charges levied by the Port should be mentioned in the Final List to enable the

recovery of the same from the customer.

The Operations Personnel must ensure that DG export list along with a summary and manifest are submitted

to Port Authority before vessel cut off for planning. They should discuss with Chief Officer of the vessel and

Planner of Port Authority for required stowage for DG containers to be loaded on board vessel. They should

ensure that DG containers are loaded on deck of the vessel. The operations personnel must also ensure

that a set of all DG export loaded containers, summary of DG containers and Manifest with required IMO

details is handed over to the Chief Officer before the vessel sails.

Page 104: Liner Services

The Operations Personnel must ensure that necessary remarks are incorporated in Terminal Departure

Report (TDR) against DG export loaded container loaded on board vessel, which is forwarded by them to the

transshipment port.

Hard copies of   Import Advance list, Export list, DG manifest, DG declaration and other DG related

documents (if any) will be preserved in the Vessel/Voyage file for minimum one year in local Office before it

could be removed to Record storage room for 7 years after which same can be destroyed.

ABANDON CARGO HANDLING

The Operations Manager is responsible for the Abandon Cargo handling also.  After receiving from inbound

documentation personnel the following documents, the local Operations Personnel will submit it to the CFS

vendor.

Reminder Notice to the Customer

Customer confirmation of abandon cargo

IGM copy

Copy of the OBL

The local Operations Personnel will follow up with the CFS operator for the devanning of the container. It is

the responsibility of the CFS operator to devan the container and to keep the cargo under their safe custody

till the cargo is brought in action by the customs department. The permission for devanning the container will

be given by the Customs department on receiving the request from the Shipping Company. Upon handing

over the custom permission the CFS operator will make arrangements to devan the container in the

presence of nominated surveyors of the Shipping Line. Once the containers are devanned, information will

be given to the inbound documents personnel and the equipment personnel.    The local Operations

Personnel will forward the original invoices received from the CFS vendor to local F&A personnel for

making   the necessary payments to the CFS vendor.

All correspondence had with CFS operator including a copy of the following documents in hard copy are

preserved in the Abandon Cargo file in the local Port office for minimum one year, before it could be removed

to Record Storage room.

Reminder Notice to the Customer

Customer confirmation of abandon cargo

IGM copy

Page 105: Liner Services

CONTAINER MOVEMENTS

In the foregoing paragraphs, we have seen the documentation procedure involved or followed by shipping

companies to secure back the containers from the importer / their agents. It becomes important for any

Liner Shipping Company to monitor the movements of containers enabling them to co-ordinate with the

Marketing Department to plan for outbound cargo booking. The monitoring of container movement starts for

inbound container from the time the container landing in the port till it comes back to empty yard passing

through the various stages of moving the container to the CFS / ICD, issuing delivery order, consignee taking

delivery of goods and movement of empty container back to the respective yard of the Liner.

The Operations Department will monitor the movement of containers at every stage and the generally

followed practice by operations department is detailed below:

CONTAINER MOVEMENT CAPTURING

The EQM Personnel must monitor the container movement through the Internet Equipment Information

System (IEIS) for the events submitted via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) system by CFS / Depot

Operator. The EQM personnel should ensure that the system is updated by the concerned operator and

should have regular follow-up on this. All the records sent by the Depot Vendor should be kept in the file for a

reasonable time.

The Operations Manager will be forwarding the reports to the management for the month giving details of

stack, arrival, delivery of units for export movement, empty repositioning details, if any and other relevant

information.

We will discuss in detail about the leasing of containers in the sessions to come. For the understanding on

the operations department responsibility, the functions relevant to On-hire and Off-Hire of the Equipment is

detailed below:

ON-HIRE OF LEASED EQUIPMENT

Under tight equipment situation in the region, the respective EQM Personnel will inform the Manager about

the necessity to go in for On-Hire equipment. The Operations Manager, based on the situation and the real

requirement, after taking the approval from the Management will approve to his department personnel to On-

hire required number of units.

Page 106: Liner Services

Upon receipt of instructions and authorization, the respective EQM Personnel will contact the leasing

company, to obtain an acceptance for the On-Hire equipment.

On obtaining the acceptance from the leasing company, the respective EQM Personnel request for the list of

container numbers and the details of the ON-Hire Empty pickup facility. Upon getting the details from the

leasing company, either they will start allotting from the leasing company’s empty container depot or they

may move the units to their own depot. The approved transport contractor will be authorized to move the

empty container from the leasing company to the nominated depot of the liner. Once the units are arrived in

the depot of the shipping company, the same will be taken into the stock of the company and the system will

get updated on the same. A report on the same will be forwarded to the Management and the Operations

Manager will maintain the necessary records of On-Hire.

 

TERMINATION OF EQUIPMENT 

Like the Operations Manager On-hire the equipment based on necessity, after completion or expiry of time or

purpose for which the containers were On-Hired, shall have to Off-hire the units to the respective leasing

company.

The function on this account starts from identification of containers for off hiring. This can be identified from

the system or from the information provided by the Management based on the communications exchanged

between the Company and the leasing Company. Once the identification of units is made, the EQM

Department must find out where the containers are to be returned. For the Off-Hire containers, the leasing

company must be contacted to ascertain whether the container can be Off-Hired and the depot/ facility that

they must be returned to.

Upon receipt of acceptance from the leasing company, EQM Personnel will contact approved empty

transport vendor to deliver the Off-Hire container to the designated empty depot/ facility of the leasing

company.

Upon the delivery confirmation, the EQM Personnel should ensure timely submission of termination events in

the system of the company.

TERMINATION OF LEASED OUT CONTAINERS

EQM Personnel should check email advice from Head Office for leased out equipment status with leased out

return facility and contact the relevant party for an agreeable return facility/depot.   Upon acceptance from

Page 107: Liner Services

relevant party, EQM Personnel must update the leased out return facility/depot in order to terminate the

leased out equipment into the company’s system. 

TERMINATION OF TOTAL LOSS CONTAINERS  

In the course of movement, due to some accident or Act of God, the container may loose its shape and

becomes unfit for further usage. In such cases, the units suffering the total loss will have to be knocked out

the inventory list of the shipping company. The communication is sent from the local office to the Head Office

about the container status and the expected outflow of money that required to be spent on bringing back the

container to put in use. The Management will accord permission on the merits of the case. Upon receiving

an authorization from head office for total loss container, the EQM Personnel must terminate the container in

their system.

The hard copies of Off-Hire & On-Hire container report/email exchanges from leasing companies will be kept

in the On-Hire & Off-Hire files for a reasonable period as required by the management.

CONTROL OF EQUIPMENT INVENTORY

As noticed earlier, the success of the business is on offering the services as required by the traders. When

the off take is more, the shipping companies should be in a position to offer more number of containers. Due

to their inventory shortage, if they are not in a position to offer units to the exporters, they may have to loose

their business opportunity with the shipper not only for the time being but also for ever in case of the

competitor signing any long term agreement offering demanded service. It becomes important for the

company to have the control of equipment inventory to plan for their activities. The responsibility to ensure

adequate stock of equipment for Export and control surplus stock is generally vested with the Operations

Manager. The Operations Manager will be responsible for implementing a suitable system to ensure the

maintenance of correct level of inventory in the respective location / region.

MONITOR CONTAINER SITUATION 

The Operations Manager should review the equipment stock situation regularly using their information

systems or sources:

Internet Equipment Information System

Equipment Reposition and Inventory System)

Page 108: Liner Services

Depot stock reports sent by the Depot vendors

The Operations Manager may have to liaise with all branch offices on weekly basis or at a regular interval to

determine the stock requirements and reposition stock to deficit interstate ports accordingly to meet booking

requirements. On getting information about the requirement of different locations, generally the approval for

movement of containers from one location to another location will be taken, since the movement involves lot

of costs i.e., the lift on / lift off operation and the transport movement cost.

Where there is a shortage of equipment, the local EQM personnel will have to request the Head Office

through the Operations Manager to mobilize empty equipment at the required location to meet the demand of

the market.

Movement of empties takes place generally through Rail and Road from one location to another. The mode

will be finalized based on the timely movement assurance given by the operator and the cost involved to

move. Once the mode is finalized, the movement will begin and from the load point message will be sent to

the destination point along with all the details. Upon receipt of unit at the required location, the same will be

updated in the local system for allocation of boxes.

EMPTY CONTAINER RELEASES

The local EQM personnel will have to check the equipment stock levels at the depots, terminals and other

facilities where equipment is stocked on a regular basis. They will inform the Marketing / Sales department

about the inventory status in a prescribed format. Based on this report, Marketing department will start

accept bookings and will release boxes to the customers.

EMPTY CONTAINER RETURN

EQM Personnel should inform the Inbound Documentation personnel where the empty container depot

facility is available. Based on this information, while releasing the laden container itself, the documentation

personnel include the address of the facility where the container to be returned.

MONITORING MNR ACTIVITIES

After receipt of empty container at Empty depot Facility, Depot vendor will be sending the report to EQM

Department for Good & Damaged containers. For damaged containers, EQM personnel will be asking the

MNR vendor to submit the Estimate of Repairs through the system they maintain for their approvals and to

Page 109: Liner Services

carry out repair works. After receiving approval, the vendor will perform repair work & make the equipment

ready for release.

DAMAGED CONTAINER & CLAIMS

In the process of transportation / devanning there may be an occurrence of damage in the container. The

importer / their agents will have to pay the repairing charges to the shipping company if the damage has

occurred while the container was in their possession.

The shipping company will be intimating the details of damage to the importer / their agents based on the

advice of damage received from the vendor. EQM Personnel will collect the following information and data

regarding the damage unit, before communicating the same to the importer / their agents.

Container details - type of unit, container number etc

Where the damage occurred

Description of the damage

Ascertain if container is loaded or empty

Any damage notification from the vessel (Master’s report).

Any damage noticed on discharge (from the terminal)

Any damage indication from the transport company

Any damage notification from shipper / consignee.

The EQM Personnel will have to identify the 3rd party liable, wherever possible, for the damage and arrange

survey.  If required, a joint survey with the identified 3rd party will be conducted.    

An estimate for the repairs will be obtained from depot/ or MNR vendors by EQM department.  An official

claim in form of E-mail along with the supporting documents like the estimate from MNR vendor, a report

from the Surveyor will be forwarded to the liable party.

Once an agreement has reached on the cost of the claim with the liable party, the EQM Personnel will place

a request with the Inbound Documentation personnel (with supporting document) to issue an invoice on the

3rd party for payment.   

MISSING OR LOST CONTAINER

Page 110: Liner Services

Upon confirmation from the responsible 3rd party for the missing/lost container, EQM Personnel will have to

inform the Management about the same. They will have to issue an initial notice of claim holding the liable

party responsible for the missing or lost container. Upon getting the confirmation on the replacement value or

depreciated value of the unit from the Management, will have to send an Official Claim to the liable 3rd party,

preferably by Registered Post.

Once the agreement is reached with the 3rd party, based on the values EQM Personnel will request Inbound

Documentation personnel to create an invoice on the liable 3rd party for payment.  Upon receiving the

payment from the party, the issue will be closed once and for all and the missing container will be taken out

of the inventory books of the shipping company.

All supporting documents and email exchanged between the shipping company and the party pertaining to

the 3rd party equipment claim will have to be maintained for a reasonable time.

The Operations Manager will be responsible for finalizing the vendor and the repair tariff as per the

guidelines of the Management. He will select the vendor considering the various factors – location,

approach, equipment availability, past tract record of the vendor, market reference and on the cost factor.

The tariff agreements/Contracts will have to be retained in the Vendor Contract/Tariff file in the office by the

Operations Department Head. Any amendments on rates or term of contract will also have to be filed and

maintained by the Operations Head.

Review Questions:

1. Describe the role of Operations Manager with reference to vessel activities.

2. Explain the role of Operations Manager with reference to Equipment Control Activities.

3. State the procedure adopted by an Operations Manager in case of –

- Missing Containers

- Total Loss Containers

- Termination of Lease Containers

Page 111: Liner Services

Unit 2.6

FUNCTIONS OF ACCOUNTS MANAGER

FREIGHT COLLECTION & REMITTANCE

The shipping companies accept the cargo for shipment between the ports, either after collecting the freight

amount well in advance or after completion of the shipment but before releasing the delivery order at the port

of destination.

Every bill of lading is stamped either Freight Collected or Freight to Pay.

It is the responsibility of the accounts / finance department to co-ordinate with the load port, to get the freight

amount and to collect it from the respective consignee or his authorized agent.

Generally most of the shipping companies will prepare an invoice and the same is given to the customers

with detailed break up of charges need to be paid before releasing the delivery order. This invoice can be

collected from the documentation department and upon payment, the finance department makes a stamp in

the invoice evidencing collection of payment, verification upon which the delivery order is generated and

given to the parties.

LIAISONING WITH BANK

The charges collected by the shipping companies will have to be repatriated to the principals / load port office

and this has to be remitted following the guidelines given by the bundes bank of the respective country.

CONTAINER DETENTION CHARGES

Now a days, attracting the business has become more difficult and depending upon the company’s policies

either a direct freight discount is offered or some other indirect facilities like container free days at the port of

destination is offered by the liner companies to the customers.

Most of the liners offer free days at the port of destination ranging from 3 days to 21 days out of which

offering 14 days free at the destination is very commonly found.

If the boxes are not returned within the free time provided, every container will be attracting some detention

charges and this has to be paid by the importer or consignee or his authorized representative.

Page 112: Liner Services

Though there is no universal formula is available for calculation of detention charges, each and every

company have got their own policy of fixing tariff for detention of boxes.

It would be the responsibility of the finance / accounts division to keep a tract on container arrival in depot

and to collect the detention charges.

To avoid chasing the customers, generally most of the liner shipping companies follows a pattern of

validating the Delivery Order and the Empty Container Returning Bond will also have a validity date, within

which it has to be returned. If the box is not returned within the validity date, the box will not be off-loaded at

the empty container terminal and there will be an insistence for the validation of the Bond.

BROKERAGE PAYMENT

As per the terms of the agreement with the customers, the shipping company pays the brokerage amount to

the agents through whom they got the booking. It is the responsibility of the finance department to co-

ordinate with operations and documentation team to ascertain the right broker and the amount to be paid to

him.

REPORTS TO PRINCIPALS

At the later part of this unit, we may understand the terms and conditions on which the agency agreement

functions. Every activity that is expected from the agent will be mentioned clearly in the agreement entered

into. As such, for the activities performed on behalf of the principal, the agent is entitled to receive

commission or fee or any other additional remuneration if not covered under the agreement’s scope of work.

It is the responsibility of the finance department to monitor the outflow of funds on behalf of the principal and

to make proper reimbursement claim and to send required reports to them.

VENDOR & PORT PAYMENTS

Monitoring this is the responsibility of the finance department. Whenever the vessel reports and the

containers off-loaded / loaded, there are various charges payable to the Terminal Operator. While few of the

charges are collectable from the consignees directly, few of the other charges will have to be collected from

the Principals. Charges like Terminal Handling will be paid by the Liner on a monthly basis based on the

invoice raised by the terminal operator and the same will subsequently be collected from the consignees

while releasing the delivery order. Any Port Ground charges incurred due to delayed clearance by the

consignee will also have to be borne by the consignee at the time of taking the delivery order but in the first

Page 113: Liner Services

place, the liner will have to pay the charges to the terminal as per the tariff of the terminal operator. Other

Port Dues that are payable will have to be recorded and the collection of it from the Principal is the

responsibility of the Finance Department.

The other charges payable to the repairing contractors and other service vendors will be paid by the agency

and the same will have to be reimbursed by the Principals. It is the responsibility of the Finance Department

to submit the proper reports and to collect the same from the Principal.

AUDIT / INTERNAL ADMINISTRATION

Finance department responsibility is to ensure that the statutory compliances are met with and the books of

accounts are maintained in a proper way. The co-ordination with the Auditors / Local Administrators on

related issues will be the responsibility of the Finance Department.

The receivables and payables will have to be very properly maintained for the transactions performed and

the remuneration account be updated and reviewed for any balance payment at regularly intervals.

Review Questions:

1. List out the various activities that are performed by an Accounts Manager of a Liner shipping Company.

Page 114: Liner Services

UNIT 2.7

EDP MANAGER

Presently, almost every business is focusing on paper less trading. Shipping industry is not an exception to

this and because of the cumbersome procedure involved, the utilization of system in this industry has

become an inevitable one. The usage of computer applications not only reduced the manpower

requirements but also provides very accurate data in time. The repetition of work is in total eliminated and

effective usage of reports generated by system helps in a lot of way to the management to review the

progress and to forecast its activity for the next couple of years. Thus the EDP Manager of a shipping

company is vested with lot of responsibilities and few of the key functions are mentioned below:

COMMUNICATION

EDP Manager has to ensure proper communication is made between the departments within the company

and also between the load ports and disport. Before the usage of systems, there were lot of mails sent from

load port to disport and at a later stage when there was a system of facsimile transmission (fax), the details

used to be sent by using this system. This was not only a costly affair but also very time consuming. The

data so received will have to be converted in different forms as required by the Management and by statutory

authorities like Customs and Port. As per the customs requirement the details will have to be submitted and

this was possible by redoing the same job with different tables to comply with various requirements.

After the development of EDP system, the most of the work once done can be made useful to various

departments of a shipping company. The contents noticed in the functions of different department managers

of a shipping company may require very common data for them to function. Keeping one centralized data,

based on the required data, each and every department can modify and filter the information to the extent of

their requirement.

The load-port now days need not send the details either by mail or by fax. Once they upload the information

in the common website or in the prescribed restricted site of their use, the same information can be

downloaded at the disport and the same will get fit into the required formats enabling the documentation and

operations manager to comply with the requirement of customs and port. This not only reduces the time and

cost but also increases the work efficiency of the department staff and managers and to concentrate on other

areas of activities upon quick completion of their desk work.

CUSTOMER REPORTS

Page 115: Liner Services

The shipping companies maintain the entire transactions in system. According to the requirement, the

information can be sorted out, format modified and secret information be filtered (which need not be known to

the customers) and the details be given to the customer at the quickest possible time.

It helps as a tool for the marketing department to impress upon the customer by giving required information

in time and to strengthen the relationship, which will ultimately result in getting more volume of business.

Liaisoning with vendors, etc.

We have noticed the various amount of communications and the approval methods followed in shipping

companies. In the role of operations manager, it was detailed how the vendor is reporting to the operations

department and communicates on MNR activities and taking the approvals.

While few a small shipping companies are yet to fully convert their functioning style with EDP system, major

players are already into this. To take for example, earlier, the depot vendor of a shipping company will have

to first send the EIR with survey estimate in hard copy to the local office of a shipping company. The

Operations Manager, within his power approve amount and beyond his authority he will have to forward the

same either by fax or other communication pattern along with original photograph of the equipment submitted

by the vendor. The Head office will approve the same to the local office and the local office in turn will have

to communicate the vendor to perform the repair activities. This type of time delay and communication cost

is reduced now after the usage of EDP system. For the same referred example, now the vendor is provided

with company website address and the user password. The vendor himself would be in a position to update

the information in the shipping companies website and just in few minutes / hours the approval is taken and

the repair activity performed.

To summarize the importance of EDP development and the usage of it in shipping companies, it can be

mentioned that in the current fast approach of the traders and the other service providers, to see the real

success of the business the system of EDP and its usage will be an inevitable one.

The scope of EDP Manager mentioned above is only an illustrative and not an exhaustive one.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the role of EDP Manager with examples of few of the reports generated by him.

Page 116: Liner Services

UNIT 2.8

APPOINTMENT & MANAGEMENT OF LINER AGENCIES

The managing of shipping business requires essential office & other infrastructure along with Man Power

specialized to take care of each and every division of activity. This is not only essential at the origin point /

where the Head Office is situated but also in every location where and the company has got its business.

The establishment of branches at every location is a very expensive affair and till such time the business

volume and reasonable profit is assured, any promoters will be looking at an alternate way to run the

business at an economical way as compared spending too a huge money in the beginning itself.

As the activity of the shipping company which offers their services worldwide requires their offices at every

port the ship is calling, rather than establishing their own set-up, shipping companies prefer keeping few of

the most important centers in their direct control engaging their manpower to run show; rest of the locations

will be managed by engaging agents to take care of the business.

Where there is no branch, the shipping companies will be appointing agents to take care of the business

activity. An agent thus appointed by the shipping company may be for any one of the below mentioned

activity or a combination of more than one or all.

AGENT APPOINTED TO LOOK AFTER THE SHIP WHILE IN PORT

The activities that will have to be performed by the agent will be same as the functions we have noticed in

the ‘Functions of Operations Manager’ in the earlier lessons. The agent appointed purely for this purpose

will not have any responsibility for any sales function to bring the cargo.

A SALES AGENT

The shipping company in the required locations will appoint a sales agent. Such location may be a port town

or a hinterland. The ICDs situated away from the port may require a sales agent to get the cargo to fill the

ship’s cargo carrying space. In this category, the sales agents function is basically to stay in touch with the

merchants / traders and to assure the volume of business to the ship.

PORT & SALES AGENT

Page 117: Liner Services

The role of such an agent is not only limited to the extent of taking care of the activities while a ship is in port

but also cover the selling ship’s space and to bring cargo to the ship.

GENERAL AGENT

General Agent undertakes additional responsibility to supervise the work of other agents within given region

apart from their usual activities.

The appointment of agents to undertake the given responsibility is a long process. The role to be played by

the agent to be discussed in detail and the agreement to be followed with other terms including the

remuneration offered by the principal to the agent for undertaking the given responsibility as well as covering

the jurisdiction of the agent along with the validity period.

The terms and conditions of the agreement may vary very widely between companies to company and to

provide some common guidelines, FONASBA – The Federation of National Associations of Ship Brokers and

Agents have published a Standard Format which is known as SLAA – Standard Liner Agency Agreement,

enabling the players to cover the scope of activity in a generally accepted most common way.

FONASBA has also published a standard form for Liner Sub Agency Agreement enabling the Agents to use

this format when they are planning to appoint a sub agent in a particular area.

STANDARD LINER AGENCY AGREEMENT

This covers the duties and responsibilities that need to be undertaken by an agent when appointed by the

principal. It is suggested to the students in order to have a better understanding on the clauses covered

under this format, the website of FONASBA be accessed and the print out be taken and studied well.

The details that are covered in SLAA is given below:

The name of the Principal

The name of the Agent

Date of Agreement

Territory – The trade route for which the agent is appointed

The date of commencement of agency

The validity of the agency period

Termination clause – Notice period

Page 118: Liner Services

The other terms of the agreement covers the scope of work of the agency – whether Port and / or inland

agency work within the territory. SLAA restricts the agent from accepting the agency from any other shipping

company in the same territory or acting as an NVOCC or undertaking any freight forwarding agency activity

that is a direct competition to the principal appointing the agent in a territory. When the agent is being

restricted from accepting the business from another principal, the principal is also restricted from engaging

another agent in the same territory for the activities covered under the agreement. SLAAA prescribes that

the agent should treat all the aspects of the Principals business in a total confidentiality and the files and

records pertaining to the business are the property of the principal.

Clause 3.00 of SLAA defines the duties of the Agent as below:

To represent the principal in the Territory

To appoint sub-agent if required, with the consent of the principal

To appoint with the consent of the principal, Stevedores, Watchmen, Tallymen, Terminal Operator and all

other kinds of suppliers, if needed

The agent will be responsible for the negligent act of the sub-agent

The agent should always observe the shipping laws and regulations of the country and will have to indemnify

the principal for any fines, penalties that may arise because of the agent willfully failing to comply with the

laws or regulations.

Marketing & Sales functions of an agent is detailed in 3.10 of SLAA

The Agent will have to provide the marketing sales activities in the Territory in accordance with general

guidelines laid down by the Principal, to canvass and book cargo, to publicize the services and to maintain

contact with shippers, consignees, forwarding agents, port and other authorities and trade organization.

They will have to provide statistics and information and to report on cargo bookings and use of space

allotments. They will have to announce the sailing and arrival details to the trade and also give details about

the freight rate.

Marketing & Sales will be successful having better public relations work. The agent may spend money

towards advertising, press release and other related schedule publications of the vessels expected arrival

and departure time, within agreed budged of the principal. The agent may have to attend any conference

relating to the industry if required so on behalf of the principal and he may get the expenses reimbursed by

the principal for attending such conferences.

The important function of the agent will be to issue the Principal’s bill of lading and Manifest, Delivery Orders,

Certificates and such other documents as may be required reasonably.

Page 119: Liner Services

SLAA – 3.20 covers the Port Agency function. This covers the role of the agent from arranging a berth for

the vessel, loading and discharging the cargo and to co-ordinate with terminal operators and related other

agencies like Stevedores and Tallymen and other contractors. The husbanding work, bunkering, repairs and

any medical assistance that need to be provided by the agent is listed in this clause. Apart from the above,

the claims handling, P & I matters, Insurance and General Average, appointment of Surveyors will be in the

scope of the agent. The documentation work related to all the above functions will have to be ensured by the

agent. To summarize the scope of the agent under this clause, it can be stated right from the organizing of

vessels berthing, till the vessel sailing from the port and preparation of Statement of Facts will have to be

undertaken by the Agent.

Clause 3.30 of SLAA covers the container and Ro/ro traffic and the related functions of the agent under this.

The agents will have to arrange for the booking of units on the vessel. The LCL units will also have to be

monitored by the agents if required. The documentation and equipment control is the responsibility of the

agent. Since the documentation is in the scope of the agent, he has to comply with the requirement of

customs and have proper records and keep it with him. To have an effective control over the equipment,

Seal, Labels, etc., he has to maintain proper records. Whenever there be a requirement, the agent will have

to on-hire / off-hire the equipment and the haulage work also will be have to be undertaken by him. The most

important function would be to keep the equipment in good condition and to ensure this, coordination with the

MNR contractors and approving the repair estimates.

Accounting and Finance function is covered under 3.40 of SLAA. The agent will have to prepare periodic

financial statements as may be required by the Principal. The agent should provide the appropriate records

of the Principal’s financial position. For every voyage, the agent should receive the accounts for distribution

of money and vouch for the transactions. The Agent should inform the principal about any change of port

tariff or any other related charges, once they come to know about the change. The agent should collect

freight and related accounts and remit the same to the Principal at such periodic intervals as the principal

may require. The agent can debit the Principal for all the bank charges. Before granting any credit to the

customers, the agent may take the approval from the Principal stating the financial worthiness of the

customer. If agents grants any credit without the knowledge and consent of the principal, he will be held

responsible for the collection of outstanding. The agent will have the right to retain the freight amount to

cover the past and present disbursements by providing regular cash position statements to the principal.

SLAA clause No.4.00 covers the Principal’s duties. The Principal will have to provide necessary documents

to the agents to comply with the statutory requirement in the area where the agent is functioning. The

Principal will have to give full and timely information to the agents on vessel’s schedules, ports of call and the

line policy insofar as it affects the port and sales agency activities. The Principal will have to provide

necessary fund support to the agent by way of advance to cover any advance disbursement. The agent will

Page 120: Liner Services

have to be indemnified by the Principal against any claims, charges, losses, damages and expenses, which

the Agent may incur in connection with the fulfillment of his duties under the agreement. At times, the agent

may have to execute some bonds / guarantees to the Customs authorities for the movement of goods from

port to CFS / ICD and in such cases, if there be any claims, the Principal will have to make the loss good to

the agent, as long as the agent performs his activities without any willful misconduct.

Remuneration – This is covered under clause 5.00 of SLAA. The principal agrees to pay the Agent and the

Agent accepts, as consideration for the services rendered, the commissions and fees set forth on the

schedule attached to the agreement. The fee so fixed will be reviewed every 12 months and if necessary

adjusted in accordance with such recognized cost of living index as is published in the country of the Agent.

Depending upon the role played by the Agent, if he undertakes any additional responsibility of claims

processing and settlement, he will be paid additional remuneration commensurate with the work involved.

The remuneration specified in the schedule will be in respect of the ordinary and anticipated duties of the

agent within the scope of the agreement. If the agent is asked to perform any other activities not covered

under the agreement, he will be entitled for additional remuneration. If the tariff currency varies in value

against the local currency by more than 10% after consideration of any currency adjustment factor existing in

the trade, the basis for calculation of remunerations shall be adjusted accordingly.

The remuneration to the agent is based on various factors. The suggested remuneration pattern as per

SLAA is as below:

A. Commission payable –

Services Outward - _______%

Services Inward - _______%

B. ________% for cargo when only booking is involved

C. ________% for cargo when only handling is involved

D. In respect of movements of cargo outside the Agent’s Territory _____% of the gross

total freight is payable in cases where only collection of freight is involved.

E. An additional fee for containers and / or units entering or leaving the inventory control

system of the Agent, a fee of ______ per unit.

II A. _____% for cargo loaded on board in bulk.

B. _____% for cargo discharged in bulk.

Page 121: Liner Services

III Where the agent provides only the services as non-port agent the remuneration

shall be –

When actually booked / originating from his area –

A. Services outward - _______%

B. Services Inward - ______ %

An additional fee for containers and / or units entering or leaving the inventory control system of the Agent, a

fee of _______% per unit.

IV Where the agent provides only the services as non-port agent, the

remuneration shall be :

A. ______% for cargo loaded on board in bulk

B. ______% for cargo discharged in bulk.

V. Clearance and Ship’s husbandry fee shall be as agreed.

VI. A Commission of ___% shall be paid on all ancillary charges collected by the Agent on behalf of the Principal

such as Depot Charges, Container Demurrage, etc.

VII. Communications – The principal will either pay actual communication expenses on a cost plus basis or pay a

lump sum monthly on an average cost plus basis, to be reviewable.

VIII. Traveling expenses – When the Agent is requested by the Principal to undertake journeys of any significant

distance and / or duration, all travel expenses including accommodation and other expenses will be for the

Principal’s account.

IX. Documentary and Administrative charges – such charges to be levied as appropriate by the Agent to cargo

interests.

The above are the remuneration pattern suggested by FONASBA in the SLAA.

Duration - Clause 6.00 of SLAA covers this. As per the agreement, the duration of the agency will be in

force unless any termination of notice is sent by registered mail. If for any reason, the principal withdraws or

Page 122: Liner Services

suspends the service, the agent may withdraw from his agreement forthwith, without prejudice to its claim for

compensation. The Agent shall have a general lien on amounts payable to the Principal in respect of any

undisputed sums due and owing to the Agent including but not limited to commissions, disbursements and

duties.

Clause 7.00 of the SLAA talks about the Jurisdiction.

The SLAA is only a standard format suggested by FONASBA and the shipping companies may include or

delete any few words or adopt a different agreement in total based on the mutual consent of the principal and

agent.

Review Questions

1. Explain the necessity of appointing an agent by a shipping company.

2. “The Agent can be appointed by the shipping for any one particular function” – justify

3. What do you understand by the term “SLAA”? State the terms and conditions that are suggested by SLAA.

Page 123: Liner Services

Summary

In the first unit of this book, the development of shipping business and particularly the container trade and the

liners characteristics were discussed. In continuation of this, in the II unit, an outline about the organization

structure was given and the various departments that are functioning in a shipping liner industry is covered.

The functions and the responsibilities of Marketing Manager, Documentation Manager, Operations Manager,

Accounts Manager and EDP Manager are discussed in detailed. Every one activity that is performed by the

department manager is very important and any one skip at one desk will put other functional departments in

great difficulty either in the form of time delay, loss of business or loss of profit. The documentation

department undertakes the function of the entire documentation work that is involved in the liner shipping

business right from getting information from the load port, filing the IGM, dealing with customs, giving delivery

order on Import Cycle and the reversal of process in the case of Export Cycle – i.e., Releasing Bill of Lading,

Sending information to Disport, Filing EGM and related functions. The Marketing Manager is not just limited

with that the function of getting clients but also involves a wide range of co-ordination between the

Operations Department, Documentation Department and other relevant areas. The success of the business

can be seen only upon execution of activities as required by the customer. The prime function of

establishing the relationship between the customer and the shipping company is the responsibility of

Marketing Manager. Once this is done, the Marketing Manger depending upon the company policy also

undertakes the rest of the co-ordination and the customer needs. But beyond one point, it is in the hands of

the functional department i.e., the Operations Department to ensure that the business activities are taken

care in a proper way. While the main functions are related to the vessels’ activities split into various folds i.e,

before vessel’s berthing, during ship’s call, upon departure, etc., the role of operations manager extends with

co-ordination with central planner, making out the ship plan, coordinating with the vendors for keeping the

boxes, moving empty containers, and also deal with leasing companies for timely on hire and off-hire

activities. Ultimately a business cycle comes to a close, once the money for the services performed is

realized. The role of the Accounts Manager is very important and his role is to co-ordinate with other

departments to raise the invoice on the customer for all the services provided and to realize the money. The

statutory compliance on tax angle is also to the scope of Accounts Manager apart from managing day to day

affairs of business like – treasury management, fund flow projections, budgeting and etc. The role of EDP

Manager has got a very greater importance. In shipping industry, every one activity has to be performed in

time and with the development of computer system, the work environment itself is changed in shipping

industry and minimized the physical movement of persons from one office to another. While the EDP

systems and e-commerce applications are covered in the last unit of this book, to complete the summary, it

can be said that the role play and the response of EDP department is very essential for the total success of

the shipping business.

Page 124: Liner Services

BLOCK III

Handling of Liner Cargo – Liner Cargo Stevedoring – Types of Cranes used for handling Liner cargo –

Unitization of Cargo & Evolution of containerization – Types of Containers & Their Features, applications –

World Container Fleet & Methods of container acquisition viz., Purchasing, Leasing.

Structure

Overview

Learning Objectives

Introduction to handling of liner cargo

Liner Cargo Stevedoring

Type of Cranes Used For Container Handling

Unitization of Cargo & Evolution of Containerization

Types of Containers & their Features

Container Acquisition & Leasing

Summary

Review Questions

Overview

Liner Shipping Industry is engaged in the business of transportation of cargo / containers from one port to

another across the globe. The essentials of this business while the cargo is placed in the ship, it becomes

the scope of the ship Captain to ensure that the cargo is safely transported to the required port of destination.

The other activities that are involved till such time the cargo is handed over to the Ship Captain is detailed in

this unit. The shipping companies scope is right from the stage of getting containers that is suitable to carry

particular cargo and ends with the delivery of cargo to the rightful consignee. The various operations in

between the accepting of cargo and delivery require lot of cross function between various agencies.

Depending upon the shipping company and its management policy, the procuring of containers or leasing the

containers from the leasing companies, co-ordination with port / terminal agencies for stevedoring, engaging

stevedoring agents in case of break-bulk / bulk cargo and the operations involved at every stage is covered

in this unit. For the understanding of the students the various types of cranes that are deployed in the port

and the stages of movements from the wharf till the container yard is also covered. It is advised that the

students study this unit in total to understand the nature of operations and selection of containers for different

cargo.

Page 125: Liner Services

UNIT 3.1

INTRODUCTION

HANDLING OF LINER CARGO

Handling of Liner Cargo involves lot of planning & co-ordination activities right from the time of cargo booking

till its safe reaching at the required port of destination.

As we had seen earlier, Liner cargo means not only the container cargo but also the break bulk cargo, where

the bulk vessels are placed in Liner Service to carry break bulk and project cargo.

Handling of liner cargo takes place at the break bulk warehouses, container freight stations, container

terminals, quaysides and between the berth and vessels.

Cargo is stuffed / destuffed to/from the containers at CFS and break – bulk cargo is load / unloaded from / to

trucks at the warehouses. Containers are moved to the container yard (in the quay) for loading onto the

vessel. Break Bulk cargoes are moved to the quayside (berth) for loading onto the vessel. Cargo and

containers are loaded from the berth to the vessel.

One who is employed in loading or unloading of ships is called ‘Stevedore’.

Loading or unloading of ships require knowledge of the operation of loading equipments, the proper

techniques for lifting and stowing cargo and correct handling of hazardous materials, in addition the workers

must be physically strong and able to follow orders.

In earlier days men who load or unload ships had to tie down cargoes with a rope. This method of securely

tying up parcel of goods is called ‘Stevedore’ lashing. While loading general cargo vessel they use dunnage,

which are pieces of wood or inflatable bags, set to keep the cargo out of shifting during a voyage. This

process is part of stevedoring’

In the case of container vessels containers arrive at a port by truck, rail or ship and are stacked in the port’s

storage area. When the ship arrives at the port to load / discharge containers, those containers will be loaded

on board by cranes. The jobs involved include the crane operators, the workers who connect them to ship,

the truck drivers who transport the container from the dock and storage area, the workers who track the

Page 126: Liner Services

container in the storage area and various supervisors. Those workers at the port, who handles and moves

containers, to be considered as stevedores and the process to be considered as stevedoring.

Lashing and securing of cargo and containers on board are called on-board stevedoring.

Currently a commercial stevedoring company also may contract with a terminal owner to manage all terminal

operations. Many large container ship operators have established in-house stevedoring operations to handle

cargo at their own terminals and provide stevedoring services to other container carriers.

Page 127: Liner Services

Unit 3.2

LINER CARGO STEVEDORING

Loading the cargo from the wharf to the vessel or Unloading the cargo from the vessels to the wharf is called

Stevedoring. The handling of cargo between berth and the ship is traditionally called ‘Stevedoring’.

Stevedoring is to load or unload the cargo of a ship or to engage in the process of loading or unloading such

a vessel.

Loading and unloading ships requires knowledge of the operation of loading equipment, the proper

techniques for lifting and stowing cargo and correct handling of hazardous materials. In addition, workers

must be physically strong and be able to follow orders.

In earlier days, men who load and unload ships had to tie down cargoes with rope. A type of stopper knot is

called the stevedore knot. The methods of securely tying up parcels of goods is called stevedore lashing or

stevedore knotting. While loading a general cargo vessel, they use dunnage, which are pieces of wood (or

nowadays sometimes strong inflatable bags) set down to keep the cargo out of any water that might be lying

in the hold or are placed as shims between cargo crates to keep them from shifting during a voyage.

Today, the vast majority of non-bulk cargo is transported in shipping containers. The containers arrive at a

port by truck, rail or another ship and are stacked in the port's storage area. When the ship that will be

transporting them arrives, the containers that it is offloading are unloaded by a crane. The containers either

leave the port by truck or rail or are put in the storage area until they are put on another ship. Once the ship

is offloaded, the containers it is leaving with are brought to the dock by truck. A crane lifts the containers

from the trucks into the ship. As the containers pile up in the ship, the workers connect them to the ship and

to each other. The jobs involved include the crane operators, the workers who connect the containers to the

ship and each other, the truck drivers that transport the containers from the dock and storage area, the

workers who track the containers in the storage area and as they are loaded and unloaded, as well as

various supervisors. Those workers at the port who handle and move the containers are likely to be

considered stevedores or longshoremen.

Because they work outdoors in all types of weather, these workers adopted a type of cap that has a snug fit,

is warm, and is easily put away in a pocket. These are a type of beanie or watch cap called variously

stevedore’s cap or stevedore’s hat. Before containerization, freight was often handled with a longshoreman’s

hook, a tool which became emblematic of the profession (at least in the United States).

Page 128: Liner Services

The process of containerization has made the operations comparatively easier as compared to handling of

bulk cargo and reducing the waiting time of the vessels at the ports to discharge the cargo and to load the

cargo meant for the next port.

Containerization has simplified the stevedoring function to a greater extent since almost all the ports handling

containers have got the uniform infrastructure to receive and load the cargo to the ships. Uniform

infrastructure does not mean that all the ports are having same type of equipment and same number of

equipment put in operation. It is the basic requirement for a container terminal operator to provide the Quay

Crane for vessels discharge, deploying inter-carting vehicles to move the containers from the Quay area to

the Container yard and using Rubber Tire Gantry Crane or similar type of equipment to lift the container from

the trailer and then to off load in the container yard.

Container Terminal Operation is different from that of bulk vessel handling.

In a modern container terminal, there may be thousands of container movements in a day. The activities of

receiving the containers for feeding to the vessel and receiving the containers from the vessel for onward

transportation to the Railhead / ICD / CFS or within the terminal to the designated yard takes place.

Lot of equipment giant in size will be deployed for performing the activity of handling from / to the vessel as

well as to receive and effect delivery from the yard of the terminal.

The Liner Stevedoring does not end with off-loading or loading the boxes from / to the vessel but it has got lot

of allied functions to be completed prior to vessel arriving as well as vessel sailing after discharge.

These functions are important to keep the terminal ready to serve to the next vessel. The various functions

and the equipment involved in this activity are discussed in the ensuing lessons to come. Before we get into

the operations and various methods involved, it is very much important for us to know the various

components of a port and its related function.

THE CONTAINER TERMINAL:

Container Terminal is a demarked area within the Port premises where the entire activities relevant to

container shipping are undertaken. Containers and container ships need special equipment for them to

operate at maximum efficiency. The original concept of containerization arose out of the need to speed up

expensive ship’s time in port. Conventional ships in the mid 1960s were taking up to three weeks to load /

discharge 10,000 tonnes of general cargo. Container ships in the mid 1970s could undertake the same task

in 24 hours. Admittedly it still took many man-hours to pack / unpack containers but this could be done in a

Page 129: Liner Services

number of different locations many miles away from a port and without the ship being present. In order to

achieve quick dispatches, port operators had to install specifically designed container-handling equipment.

The Container Terminal’s responsibility is to discharge the containers arrived in a vessel and to feed the

containers to the vessel and this act of loading onto vessel and discharging from the vessel is known as the

stevedoring function of container vessels. From the time of discharge of the containers till delivery and for

the outbound units from the time of receiving till loading onto the vessel, it is the terminal’s responsibility to

ensure smooth and proper scheduling of activities. It requires lot of co-ordination and planning.

The Container Terminal is consisting of demarked places to receive the boxes from the vessel and to feed

the vessel.

Based on the yard size and the available berths, the container terminal plans for berthing the vessel and to

discharge and stack the containers in separate slots enabling them to deliver the units as and when the

Customs clearance is taken by the respective consignee / his agents.

The various activity of the terminal includes the following:

Co ordination with the shipping companies and to know about their planning to reach the vessel at the port in

a given certain day.

Conducting regular meeting with the Shipping lines to know the changes if any in the scheduled arrival of the

vessel

Allotment of berth for the vessel calling on that day

THE QUAY:

A quay, pronounced 'key', is a wharf or bank where ships and other vessels are loaded. A quay is

constructed parallel to the bank of a waterway. The word is commonly used in United Kingdom, Ireland,

Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

This is the important facility of any terminal called QUAY at which the vessels are berthed to discharge and

load the containers / cargo. The length and the depth of water should be the determining the factor for

accommodating a vessel in the berth.

Page 130: Liner Services

Based on the availability of the draft and the quay length, the shipping companies deploy their vessel in a

route to cover up the various ports in the scheduled route to optimize the vessel usage and economize their

activity and as such the depth of water and the quay length play a very vital role in attracting different type

and size of vessels.

The length of the quay should be wide enough to accommodate the large quayside gantry cranes that are

used to load and off-load the boxes from the terminal. There should be enough of space to receive

containers that will be landed from the vessel. There should be space to position the equipment to pick up

and drop the containers. Quay should have space to stack the containers on temporary basis to service to

the ship hatches.

Generally the typical quay would be of 50-75 meters wide from the quay wall to the edge of the container

storage yard. It should be kept clear to allow free movement of equipment.

CONTAINER YARD:

This is situated behind the quay. This is an extensive area having huge stacking capacity. The size of the

yard is depending upon the port and its available area demarked to handle specific cargo handling or

container vessels. The container yard will generally be of 65 – 75% of the total space of the terminal. The

container yard is mainly used to stack the containers received from the vessel for effecting delivery to the

customers and to receive the containers from the customers for onward feeding to a vessel.

A large terminal will have a space to stack about 10,000 TEUs at any given point of time. The total yard will

be divided into well-marked and numbered blocks with proper allocation for roads for equipment and trailer

movement. The present computerized system is so helpful to the Terminal Operator to find out the location

of a container just in a fraction of seconds from the moment the container number is just fed into the system

searching for the address of the container.

The yard allocation is made separately for Exports and Imports. Some stacking areas allotted for Special

Containers like Refrigerated containers, Flat Racks, Containers carrying hazardous cargo, etc. There will be

a separate area allocation only to receive and store empty containers.

THE GATE

Movement of containers to / from the Terminal is controlled through a gate facility. At this point, the terminal

officers inspect and verify the document. Usually the Terminal Operator will be publishing the schedule of

Gate Opening and Cut-off enabling the Port users to plan their activity according to the Gate schedule in

Page 131: Liner Services

order to avoid any possible additional charges to accommodate the box in the last minute and also to avoid

missing of the scheduled vessel.

The Gate will be opened generally 24 -72 hours prior to the vessel arrival and will be closed once the vessel

is berthed. Based on the Terminal strength to accommodate more number of cargos in their CY and the

space allocation that can be made for different vessels at the simultaneous time, every terminal operator has

got their own system of opening Gate. For the short route feeder vessel the Gate opening may be available

24 – 30 hours prior to vessel berthing and for the main line vessels it may be ranging between 3 days to 5

days prior to berthing of the vessel.

Terminal Operator plans for the Gate Opening and Cut-off based on the information provided by the shipping

line operators. There may be lot of operators functioning in a trade route through various terminals. Every

Line has got their schedule of activity and based on the schedule, they intimate the Terminal Operator and

enter into an agreement for immediate berthing of the vessel upon arrival.

A port may have limited berths only and if all the operators are bringing their vessel at the same point of time,

it may not be possible for the terminal operator to accommodate all the vessels. Based on the number of

berths available and the quay length, the terminal operator enters into an agreement with the shipping lines

to allot the berth during a particular point of time.

For example, if a feeder operator rendering service between Chennai and Colombo engages two vessels in

service, he has to inform the terminal well in advance the likely time of vessel arrival to the port enabling the

terminal operator to plan for allocation of berth and to avoid any delay in berthing the vessel.

Assuming to complete one voyage between the Gateway Port and the Hub port it is going to take about 7

days, the feeder operator may plan and inform the terminal operator that every Sunday by 1800 Hrs his

vessel will be reporting at the port, for example Chennai.

The Terminal Operator in Chennai will be allotting a window for the vessel to take berth during that particular

time, if it has not entered into agreement with other shipping lines for the same time. Subject to operation

facility available, i.e., the number of berths available to accommodate the vessels, the terminal operator

aligns the activity accordingly and enters into an agreement for allotting the berth to a particular vessel at the

particular point of time.

When the window is allotted, it is the responsibility of the shipping line to ensure that the vessel is reporting

at the port as scheduled. If the vessel does not report in time, the terminal operator need not have to keep

the berth vacant and he will accommodate the available vessel in the berth and subject to other vessels’

Page 132: Liner Services

operation completion, he may accommodate the vessel which has reported late in any one of early available

berth.

Thus, the Gate operation of the Terminal depends upon the vessels arriving and the contract entered into

with the shipping lines.

Wherever there is a contract entered into scheduling the vessels reporting at one specific time, for example,

every Monday, 1300 Hours, the operator will open the Gate for the respective vessel prior to ranging

between 30 – 72 hours and the Gate may remain open in case of mother vessel calling prior 3 to 5 days also.

Usually, the terminal operator is in touch with the shipping lines on a daily basis to get the update information

on the vessels arrival. Based on the information provided by the shipping line operators, the terminal will

plan for the gate scheduling accordingly.

Depending upon the practice and the type of cargo, the terminal operator may decide to receive the cargo

until 6 hours from the time of vessel berthing or in special circumstances for commodity like garments and

other related light weighted container, even the box will be accepted to connect a vessel even just before

completion of the loading or before just sailing of the vessel.

In this type of circumstances, at the gate the formalities of inspection and seal verification will get completed

and the truck will be permitted to the Quay area directly without offloading in the CY enabling the Quay

Crane to just lift the box directly from the truck and to place it on to the vessel.

THE RAILHEAD – ICD

A port will be serving to the hinterland in and around the port. While the approach from the nearest

hinterland will be through the road, wherever the rail line connectivity is available, through ICD, port is getting

connected through the railway lines. Terminals are equipped with the railhead just at the terminal gate where

administrative facilities are provided with for onward transportation of containers to the next ICD station from

the Port.

Both for Import and Export Cargo, the Railhead of the terminal is very important for the growth of the

terminal. Not only a railhead benefits the terminal, but also the trade is getting immense advantage of using

the railhead.

Page 133: Liner Services

The importance of Railhead inside the terminal plays a very vital role in the present days. A port, which is

less congested having the railhead and connectivity to various major ICDs, will be in a position to attract

more business volume.

For us to understand the importance of Railhead facilities offered by a Terminal let us try to take the practical

example of the day-to-day activities of any one of the ports in the country.

India has got 12 major Ports. In the western coast, Mumbai and Nhavasheva handle about 52% of the

throughput of the country (based on the available statistics as at the year end 2007). Whenever the Port is

congested in peak seasons, the Northern Part of the country may prefer using Chennai Port for their Import &

Export of commodity. The uncertainty and the delay in connecting the vessels can be avoided by a better

planning of moving the boxes to a terminal that is less congested having railhead facility.

Though there could be a marginal cost variance, this can be forgone by the merchant taking into

consideration of the possible order missing by routing through a port that has got some uncertainty and

having no time limitations for the delay. To facilitate the trade,

ICDs need to be situated close to major areas of cargo generation. These will tend to be the major industrial

areas. Such locations will minimize the costs of local collection and delivery of FCL container and LCL

cargo. They will also make the service attractive to customers in that area who wish to make their own local

haulage arrangements. Site of ICD to be well connected to good road networks both for long hauls to and

from the terminal, and for local deliveries. Clearly, sitting in areas of traffic congestion to be avoided. In

those countries with viable rail networks, ICDs should be close to a rail facility where containers can be

loaded / unloaded. Ideally a rail siding with container loading facilities should be within the ICD itself to cut

down the costs and the restrictions caused by road regulations in transferring containers between the

railhead and the ICD. In determining the number and location of ICDs, it must be remembered that each ICD

will have a significant fixed cost, so large numbers of small ICSs should be avoided. Also if rail trunking to

and from the terminal is to be used, economies of scale through use of regular block trains can only be

achieved if there is a regular volume throughput. On the other hand, a large network of ICDs will reduce

costs on local haulage. Also the facility can be used for storing empty containers after import cargo has been

unloaded, with the container subsequently allocated for export loading in the same area. This will reduce the

cost of hauling empty containers to and from depots remote from the area where import and export

customers are located. To obtain the full benefits of using an ICD, it needs to have facilities for Customer

clearance, and therefore the arrangements for locating ICDs need to be agreed with the customs authorities.

GATE SCHEDULING FOR ICD MOVEMENTS

Page 134: Liner Services

We have noticed in the earlier paragraphs how the terminal is scheduling for the Gate opening for the

vessels. ICD operations are slightly varying from the above road movement activities.

The shipping companies boxes will be handed over to the ICD operator upon completion of required custom

formalities and the reverse of operations in the case of inbound boxes. The ICD operator upon loading of

containers in a train, sends a message to the terminal operator giving details of the container number, size,

shipping company and other relevant particulars.

The terminal operator, upon receipt of this information, sends a message to the local shipping company

asking for nomination of box, vessel wise and in turn the local shipping companies give the nomination to the

terminal operator.

Based on the information received, the terminal operator will plan for their yard activities and generally the

boxes will directly be sent to the respective slot in the Yard immediately upon unloading i.e., the trailer will be

placed to carry the container to the slot directly to avoid the multiple operations.

Wherever this direct movement from the train to the respective slot is not possible, the container will be

grounded then it will be moved to the respective slot for onward feeding to the planned vessel.

Since the rail movements take place from a far off distance, the exact scheduling of Gate may not be

possible. An allowance of time is in built in the activities of the terminal and when it is within the limit to

accommodate without affecting their planned activities, the terminal accepts the containers arriving through a

particular train and load the container in the planned vessel.

When the train brings the units before the gate opening and / or reports slightly late upon closing of the Gate,

it will be accepted by the terminal and the boxes will be either stacked in the Rail-head itself if the slot is not

allotted for any particular vessel and in the case of slot allotment the box will get moved to the respective

slot.

THE CFS

In a container terminal there may be a Container Freight Station also. Not all the Port Terminals are having a

CFS facility inside the port.

A CFS is public user facility and it has a covered area or a big shed for the purpose of keeping the cargo de-

stuffed from a container, inside the godown and also to keep the cargo meant for export.

Page 135: Liner Services

A CFS is not only situated inside the Port but also in a Port Town. CFSs are generally known as an

extension of Port and provide the facility to the Port.

A port to grow much and to achieve the maximum capacity utilization, it requires lot of supporting service

providers like CFS and ICD operators. Port may be handling lot of vessels and at any given point of time if a

port has got 4 berths, it may have to plan for off loading from all the 4 vessels and to feed to all the 4 vessels.

Unless the gate activity is planned, it may not be possible for the port to receive the boxes meant for export.

If the slot is allotted for the vessels, as we have seen it in the foregoing paragraphs, a time limit ranging 30

hours to 72 hours and until 5 days are also provided.

To understand the importance of CFS & ICDs, and the role played them in the development of the Terminal

growth, an illustration is given below:

No of berths available in a port : 4

No of vessels that can be accommodated : 4 (assumed all have nominal length)

Aprx. Time taken to complete operations : 24 Hours per vessel – discharge &

Loading

Average TEUs handled in a vessel : 500 TEUs export

500 TEUs import

If the Gate is opened in 5 days advance, the average number of TEUs that need to be received in the CY

will be : 4 vessels x 5 days x 500 TEUs

10,000 Teus

for 4 days in advance gate opening : 4 vessels x 4 days x 500 TEUs

8,000 Teus

Like this, the lesser the number of days for Gate Opening for a vessel, the terminal will receive lesser the

number of TEUs to be fed to the vessels. When the terminal has this constraint in accommodating all the

boxes five days in advance, the merchants situated in a long distance, may not be in a position to plan for the

reaching of the container within the stipulated time. When the planning to send the container from his works

may be well within the control of the merchants, the transportation of container to the terminal and the

completion of customs formalities will have necessarily be dependent on the outside agencies. Any natural

cause like heavy rain or any similar or other act of God may affect the transportation movement that will end

up in a days’ delay and as a result the merchant may not be in a position to load the cargo in the planned

Page 136: Liner Services

vessel. The terms of the Letter of Credit might have restricted the Bill of Lading date stating prior to one

particular date and this delay in transportation will affect the entire business of the merchant. Unless the

cargo is handed over in the terminal yard, it cannot be possible for the terminal to load in the vessel. Unless

the container is loaded, the Captain of the vessel will not issue Mate Receipt. Bill of Lading can be issued

only in exchange of the Mate Receipt and in the absence of the Mate Receipt, obtaining the Bill of Lading

does not arise. No bill of Lading means no negotiation of documents. Non-negotiation results in blocking of

funds. Blocking of funds will affect the business.

While this is the situation of export movements, relative amount of importance is played by the import of

containers also. If the trade directly takes the containers from the port to their works, till such time they

complete the customs formalities, the terminal will have to keep their imported containers.

As we have seen in the above example for the Export Containers that will have to be stacked in the yard

after the Gate opening till feeding to the vessel, in the case of import right from the time of discharge, till the

delivery to the importers, all the boxes will have to be kept in the yard.

Taking the same figures as in the above example, if the importer takes on an average of 5 days to clear the

import containers, the terminal may require the yard to accommodate the following number of containers:

5 days x 4 vessels x 500 TEUs of import means, 10,000 TEUs stacking capacity in the yard.

If 5 days average is taken, a terminal will have to have the yard space to accommodate in total 20,000 TEUs

at any given point of time. The more and more the number of containers stacked in the yard, will certainly

affect the productivity of the terminal operator because of the unlimited shifting involved in delivering the

boxes.

To avoid all this, the CFSs and the ICDs help out the trade as well the Terminal to function in the best

possible and efficient way.

THE FUNCTIONS OF THE CFS AND ICDS

As we have noticed earlier, the CFS and ICDs are public user facility having the facilities to handle import

and export cargo. ICD is generally situated in the hinterland and having the connectivity to the port by way

of road and train, whereas the CFS is situated in the Port Town itself.

The ICD will have the service to the multiple ports whereas the CFS will be connected with only one port.

Page 137: Liner Services

The ICD will have the full fledged custom facility wherein the Custom Brokers can file the documents,

assess, pay duty, examine and take delivery of cargo from the same premises, the CFS provides the custom

facility only for the purpose of examining of the cargo. The customs broker will have to file the documents in

the customs house and after assessment and payment of duty, he reports at the CFS only for the purpose of

examination, to take out of charge of customs and to take delivery of cargo.

Other than the above functions, the ICD / CFSs have the following infrastructure:

Yard to receive and stack the import laden containers from the terminal

A separate yard meant for the purpose of customs examination

Warehouse to keep the cargo meant for export as well import separately

Bonded Warehouse – to allow importers to warehouse the cargo under customs custody till payment of duty

Sufficient Equipment to off-load and re-load the containers from / onto the trailer

Sufficient Equipment like Fork lift to destuff / stuff the cargo

Weighbridge for ascertaining the weight – Customer as well as Customs need

Apart from the above, based on the shipping lines request, provision to handle empty container – storage &

repair

Specific services on requirement – Fumigation & related other services

Since the ICDs / CFSs are having all the above facilities, they are directly linked with the performance of the

terminal.

The terminal moves the inbound laden containers to the ICDs / CFSs and as a result, the terminal is in a

position to make use of their space in a better way.

As in the case of imports, in exports also, the ICDs / CFSs perform the Stuffing activity and when the Gate is

opened, the movement of containers is taking place from the ICD / CFS to the port.

These activities avoid to a major extent, the unwanted port congestion. Nowadays, most of the terminal

operators are connected with the ICD / CFS operators and the terminal advise the ICD / CFS operators to

control the movement in a specific time that will enable the terminal to perform better.

TERMINAL OPERATIONS:

Operations Centre in a Container Terminal will usually co-ordinate and control the operations of a terminal.

There will be a documentation center which will co-ordinate with the operations center for the receiving and

delivering of containers from / to the vessel.

Page 138: Liner Services

Once the vessel feeding and receiving from the vessel is over, the documentation and operation team will

have to work together for effecting delivery / receiving a particular container.

OPERATIONAL SYSTEM

There are four main operational systems in a container terminal:

THE SHIP OPERATIONS:

This refers to the movement of containers between the quay and the vessel. For the containers meant for

discharge in a port (import or inbound), the operation commences from the Quay Crane picking up the

containers from the ship and loading it on directly in a vehicle (usually a trailer) that will be on the quay. This

trailer will directly receive the container from the Quay Crane and carry the same from the quay to the

container yard. For the containers meant for export (outbound) the operations are reverse i.e., the vehicle

will come under the Quay Crane on the Quay. The quay crane will lift the container from the trailer and

places the same in a specific location in the ship.

QUAY TRANSFER OPERATION

This consists of the movement of containers between the quayside and the container yard. Inbound / Import

container activities commence from the Quayside and upon Quay Crane loading the container on the trailer,

the trailer with the laden container will report at the Container Yard where the same will get off loaded by the

Rubber Tire Gantry Crane - RTG. The operation in reverse will happen for Export / Outbound containers.

CONTAINER YARD OPERATION

It is concerned with container storage – receipt – storage & delivery of containers. The safety and security of

the containers till its delivery either to the vessel or the customer is vested with terminal operator. The

Rubber Tire Gantry is used for stacking and delivery operations in the yard.

Whenever a container arrives, it is inspected for any sign of damage, the intactness of seal on the doors. A

document known as EIR – Equipment Interchange Receipt is prepared giving details of container’s arrival

and other required information about the container and its condition.

Page 139: Liner Services

EIR is issued as a receipt of the container to the carrier – the trailer driver. If a container is moving out of the

terminal by road or rail, the same EIR is made out to document and acknowledge the container’s transfer to

the driver or railway’s care.

Before effecting delivery, the necessary documents are scrutinized by the terminal documentation center and

upon scrutiny the EIR is being cut and the trailer operator is allowed inside the yard to take delivery of the

container for which the EIR is prepared.

RISK INVOLVEMENT IN TERMINAL OPERATIONS:

The container terminal operations involve many high-risk activities like Operating Heavy Equipment, Working

at Heights, Working under heavy loads, Pedestrians movement in the yard under the Crane area and the

contractors working inside the terminal area for various activities.

Apart from the risks of working with heavy cranes, a terminal is responsible for safe handling and safe and

correct delivery of cargo to the rightful owner.

Every container that is delivered from the terminal should have a proper authorization from the Liner /

Shipping Company. Depending upon the practice of each and every terminal the nature of document vary in

nature. While few terminals may be insisting for a delivery order for delivery of container, few may ask a

prescribed other document before effecting delivery.

The delivery from a terminal is of two types. After the customs clearance, the terminal may effect delivery of

cargo to the importer / consignee or their authorized agency. Few terminals do not have much of yard space

to keep the stack for a longer time and to effect delivery. In such a case, based on customs authorization,

the terminal will allow movement of containers under customs approval to any customs notified CFS / ICD.

In both direct and delivery through the ICD / CFS, terminal will have to inspect and verify the documents

thoroughly before effecting delivery. For any wrong delivery, the terminal will be held responsible to make

the loss good the actual importer / consignee and over and above to this they will have to face lot of

consequences which may arise from legal angle through the customs authorities.

Review Questions:

1. Explain the term ‘Stevedoring’

2. What is a Container Terminal? Connect the relationship between the Quay and CY.

3. What do you mean by CFS & ICD? Explain the role played by CFS & ICD in the development of Port.

4. What do you understand by the term ‘Gate Scheduling’? What is the importance of Gate Scheduling?

Page 140: Liner Services

UNIT 3.3

TYPE OF CRANES USED FOR CONTAINER HANDLING

QUAY CRANE

Quay crane is used to discharge the containers from the vessel as well as to load the containers in the ship.

Up to three quay cranes can work at a large container ship at the same time. They are large structures on

rails parallel to the length of the ship with a reach of at-least the breadth of the ship. Container Quay Crane

can lift the containers with a piece of equipment known as spreader. This is a rectangular frame with twisting

keys that lock into the holes at the top corners of each container. Upon release, the keys are unlocked and

the spreader is removed. The twisting / locking mechanism is operated by the crane operator so that the

entire operation can be performed in a lesser time say less than a minute. The spreaders are extendable to

handle 40’ container also. The cranes have to be strong enough to lift the hatch covers (up to 40 tonnes) off

ships in order to load / discharge containers under deck. Of the 1,000 or so quay cranes in use around the

world the lifting capacities can be categorized with about one third each in the ranges; upto 30 tonnes; 35-40

tonnes; and over 40 tonnes.

RAIL MOUNTED CONTAINER CRANE

Rail mounted container crane is known as Container Gantry Crane or Portainer. This type of crane is used

to load or off load container to / from the ship. This Rail Mounted Gantry Crane lifts the container vertically

with the help of a spreader, which locks into the four corners of the container. Cell guides fitted in the ship

guide the containers into the holds of the ship. This Type of crane can handle about 15 - 30 containers per

hour. The spreader of this crane is adjustable to handle 20’ or a 40’ based upon the need.

RUBBER TYRE MOUNTED GANTRY CRANE:

This crane is known as Transtainer. They are used in the storage yard for receiving, stacking and delivering

the containers from / to the trailers. These cranes can stack the containers until the fourth high and normally

used to stack until the third high. The storage area is arranged in long rows so that the crane can move along

a large volume of stacked containers. This crane has a facility to turn its wheels to move on the next area.

STRADDLE CARRIER

The Straddle Carriers have wheels at each corner, and the driver sits at the top of the structure. These

machines move containers around the stacking area, to and from the ship side gantry, and, of / off road

Page 141: Liner Services

vehicles. The Straddle Carrier operates by lifting the container vertically between its wheels and moving with

it. It can move containers at high speed. It delivers containers to the container crane from the storage yard

and picks up the containers from container crane area to the storage area. It is directed by the radio to the

address of a container. The yard is arranged in long rows with the containers placed end to end and stacked

3 high.

MOVEMENT OF CONTAINERS

Inbound containers are moved to the container storage yard immediately after discharge from the vessel.

Outbound containers are moved from the container storage yard to the quay area for feeding to the ship.

Trailers are used inside the terminal for movement to / from the Quay to / from CY

Review Questions:

1. Mention any three different types of cranes that are engaged in container terminal operations. Explain the

advantages and disadvantages of using them in a container terminal.

Page 142: Liner Services

Unit 3.4

UNITISATION OF CARGO & EVOLUTION OF CONTAINERIZATION:

CONTAINERISATION – INTRODUCTION

In 1920s, British Rail and Pickfords who designed container which by means of crane and winch could be

transferred between lorry and rail wagons. There was also an attempt by an American Household removal

company (The Bouling Green Storage and Van co) with their international service between the US and

Europe before the First World War. These attempts fulfilled the minimum criteria, but it was not until

container started to be stacked on top of each other that we can really claim that the container age had

begun.

In 1950s, an American Company Matson Navigation Incorporated developed the corner casting system.

This was a means whereby hooks could be inserted into standard measurement holes in the four corners of

top of the container so that the container could be lifted onto another, resting on these slightly raised

castings.

Matson also developed the cell guide principle where containers could be slotted on top of one another

without the need for further securing. This double innovation was tried out on their conventional ship service

between Hawaii and the West Coast of the USA. The cell guides were built on the deck of the ship and

enabled a semi container, semi conventional service to be operated.

SEALAND

On the East Coast of the USA the owner of a trucking company, Malcolm Maclean, started to develop the

coastal trade between the American Gulf and New York. He bought a number of ex World War II Liberty

ships and converted them to take containers. Because speed was paramount in his service, he also began

to develop the port / inland relationship whereby containers could be transferred quickly from the ship to one

of his trucks, in a matter of hours rather than days as had been the case with conventional transfer.

Using this as a base, he extended his service to parts of the east coast of South America and by the early

1960s, to the west coast of North and South America.

The problem which faced Maclean (whose shipping company, appropriately, was named Sealand) was that

while he had a certain amount of influence within the USA with his ship/truck inter-relationship; he had no

Page 143: Liner Services

such influence at the other end of the US major trading routes; much of the advantage of his service in terms

of speed of handling was lost when the container had to be handled conventionally at the non American Port.

Maclean got round this by two methods. Firstly, he negotiated a contract with two major ports in Europe –

Bremerhaven and Rotterdam – whereby he leased space for his own equipment, ringing in purpose built

container cranes and trailers to operate at these ports.

Second, he negotiated service contracts with a number of European haulage companies whereby he would

be guaranteed speedy delivery using his containers and trailers.

Sealand’s cause was also considerably helped when the US Government gave the company virtually its

entire service contract for the supply of arms/provisions/equipment, etc, for the Vietnam War. This enabled

Sealand to start a Pacific service; again the reason behind this was their better speed of handling than the

conventional operators.

The credit for the development of full intermodal containerization can be given to Sealand as they proved that

a major trade could be containerized much to the alarm of the major conventional operators who began to

see their freight tonnages slip towards Sealand.

CONTAINERISATION

Scheduled trading began during 1960s. An Australian company, Associated Steamship, in 1964, for their

Melbourne-Fremantle trade built a fully cellular ship named Kooringa, Until that that time all the ships

carrying containers had been converted conventional ships.

In 1965s a number of shipping companies in the Atlantic trade began to experiment along the lines of

Sealand so that at the beginning of 1966 about 20 fully cellular container ships were operating.

In 1968, a British Company, Manchester Liners, built the world’s first gearless ships, relying entirely on the

Port cranes, which by then, had started to be purpose built container cranes, with standard sizes of lifting

equipment and twist-locks for lifting the containers on and off the ships.

STANDARDISATION

One problem with cellular ships and standard container cranes was that everyone had to recognize the

standards used. In 1950s, Sealand and Matson had different sized containers; both had started as the

initiator and then found themselves caught out by the standardization.

Page 144: Liner Services

In was as early as 1959 that the Van Container Sub Committee of the MK 5 Sectional committee (par of the

American Standards Association) recommended sizes of eight feet by eight feet for the width and height and

12, 17, 20, 24, 35 and 40 feet for the lengths. The 12, 17, 24 and 35 feet lengths were all concessions to

various trailer regulations in USA and Europe.

Within the space of 12 months, the various regulatory bodies in USA and Europe agreed to drop their

standards, and allow the sub committee to adopt 10, 20 and 40 feet lengths. These were subsequently

adopted internationally much to the dismay of Matson and Sealand, who had settled on 24 ft and 35 ft

respectively. Both suffered large financial losses in altering their ships and container stocks to the standard

measurement.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF CONTAINERATION:

The first generation (from 1965) of cellular container ships had their own gantry cranes, a capacity of 300 –

500 twenty foot equivalent units (TEUs) and a speed of about 12 knots.

Two British Shipping Companies – OCL and ACT – developed the second phase of containerization. To

achieve the full economics of scale, second generation gearless ships were required (1500 TEUS capacity

with speed of 21 knots) with full back up facilities at the ports and the arrival of a new concept, inland

clearance depots for the packing and unpacking of containers nearer to the industrial centers of the country.

A complete trade – US-Australia was containerized overnight.

Thereafter all deep-sea trades were subjected to this total package treatment.

Third generation ships were built for the Europe-Far East trade having a capacity of 2600 TEU. The oil crisis

of 1973 and the resulting increase in fuel prices brought about the demise of the steam turbine in favour of

the slower but more efficient diesel engine; many ships were converted to slower use the late 1970s.

Malcolm Maclean initiated the fourth generation of container ships in the guide of 4400 TEU ships linking

USA, Europe, Middle East and Far East. This service involves the most extreme use of a select number of

major ports around the world with a number of feeder ships servicing the mother ship. This enables the

mother ships to spend the maximum time at sea thereby reducing the round voyage time and the number of

ships required to carry a given level of tonnage.

Page 145: Liner Services

We have seen the evolution of containerization and the concept of unitization. To summarize the need for

such an evolution and containerization, the following are placed in favour of the same.

Unitization – the act of packing cargo into unit loads have led the way for the development of

containerization.

Cartons, palletized cargoes, crates, bundles, rolls etc are common unit loads.

Prior 1970’s most of the shipping had taken place as bulk or break-bulk.

Due to inheritant deficiencies of conventional shipping such as delay, uncertainty, damage etc, the trade had

started looking for alternatives.

In conventional shipping most of the handling was carried by human labor or by crude lifting techniques

The packing of the cargo was not ideal for mechanical handling like forklifts.

For efficient and quick handling of cargo the trade wanted improvements in packing, which led to unitization

and palletisation. These unitized or palletized cargoes can be handled by mechanical means.

Most effective method of unitization is containers. The shipping had evolved to containerization as an

alternative to conventional cargo

While the above process was on towards the unitization of cargo, the developmental activity was

simultaneous for building the ships carrying such unitized cargo.

Page 146: Liner Services

Ships were built to handle multi-port loading & discharge

Liner shipping trade remained constant until 1960 and the development took place subsequently

Change in conventional method felt – mainly due to

a) The length of port time

b) More time spent in port rather than at sea

c) Handling stowage of individual item was difficult

d) Handling small single item was labour intensive

e) Slow delivery of cargo did not contribute to the rapid port stay

f) In order to reduce the cost of sea transport, new techniques – changing ship design and cargo unitization

was introduced

The first step of containerization was the assembly of packages onto ‘PALLETS’ capable of handled by

mechanical means I.e., through FORKLIFT TRUCKS

Such pallets were found suitable for stowage in traditional liner ships

In conventional ships only a few containers could be carried. In order to achieve cheap and rapid handling,

ships were designed to carry containers and such ships are called CONTAINER SHIPS

1965 – First Generation Cellular Ships - 300 – 500 TEU capacity & a speed of 12 knots.

1969 – Second Generation Cellular Ships – known as Encounter Bay Class - about 1200 TEUs - 21 knots.

1971 – Third Generation Cellular Ships – known as Liverpool Bay class - 2600 TEUs 27 knots.

Fourth Generation Cellular Ships - 14 years of time taken for the fourth generation of ships - 4400 TEUs

Now the ships are built even to carry about 10000 TEUs (2005-06)

We have seen the vessels that were put in use from 1965 and the development in the size and the related

speed. Now containerization has come into almost all the commodities and the only exception is the product

that cannot be containerized at all that only is left over. For the successful functioning of this

containerization, a terminal should have the following:

Page 147: Liner Services

Space to accommodate more number of containers

Sufficient quay length to accommodate more number of ships

Adequate loading & discharging equipment

Facilities for documentation with Customs, Excise and Port Health requirements

Facilities for foot and car passengers awaiting transit

Necessary means to deal with emergencies

Review Questions

1. Explain the term ‘Containerization’ and its development. List few of the motivating factors that led to the

development of containerization.

What is the use of Containerization?

Page 148: Liner Services

Unit 3.5

TYPES OF CONTAINERS

The development of through transport systems enabled shipping companies to provide standard containers

that can cater to the majority of general dry cargo.

The design of intermodal containers varies depending on source of manufacture. However, all types have

the following features:

Metal frames surrounding the container floor with cross beams providing support

The floor or deck is usually timber and may incorporate lashing points to attach ropes or other cargo securing

devices

At each corner of the container floor are corner castings constructed to specifications laid down by the

International Standards Organization which allow the container to be secured by locking devices, permitting

the containers to be secured to rail wagons, road vehicles or ships.

The locking devices can only enter the corner casting when in a particular position; once turned to another

position the device is locked into the casting.

Strong side and top rails are provided to frame the doors of the container.

Corner castings are provided at each of the top corners thereby permitting containers to be secured one to

another.

The sidewall construction can be corrugated steel sheet, which is relatively cheap and easy to repair. Early

containers were often of aluminium construction. Recently they tend to be steel sided, the lifetime cost of

which is cheaper than aluminium particularly when repairs / maintenance are taken into account.

TYPES OF CONTAINERS

1.GP or Dry 20’ STD (8’ 6”)

2.GP or Dry 20’ HC (9’ 6”)

3.GP or Dry 40’ STD (8’ 6”)

4.GP or Dry 45’ (9’ 6”)

5.GP or Dry 40’ HC (9’ 6”)

6.Flat Rack (FR) or Flat Bed

Page 149: Liner Services

7.Bulk Container

8.Tank Container (Tank Tainers)

9.Flexi Tank

10.Open Top Container

11.Open Side Container

12.Half Height Container

13.Reefer Container

20 ft / 40 ft GENERAL PURPOSE CONTAINER

These containers are the most commonly available and used for a wide variety of cargoes. The operating

cost of this type of container is generally cheap since majority of cargoes can be carried in. Identification of

potential cargo is easily possible and the empty movement is minimized.

This type of container is enclosed on all four sides with doors at one end and hence reduces the risk of

damage to the cargo from external sources.

Specifications for few type of general purpose container is given below:

Dimensions Of General Purpose Containers20 GP Standard

Cubic capacity : 33.2 M³ / 1172 Ft³Max Gross Weight : 24000 Kg / 52910 lbTare Weight : 2220 Kg / 4890 lbMax Pay load : 21780Kg / 48020 lb

Measurements Internal Door OpeningLength 5698mm/19’.4” SameWidth 2352mm/7’.9” 2340mm/7’.8”Height 2393 / 7’.10” 2280mm/7’.6”

20’ GP / Heavy Duty

Cubic capacity and measurements same as aboveMax gross weight : 30480 Kg / 67200lbTare Weight : 2300Kg / 5070 lbMax Payload : 28180 Kg / 62130 lb40’ GP

Cubic capacity : 67.7M³ / 2392Ft³Max Gross Weight : 32500 Kg / 71650 lbTare weight : 3850 Kg / 8270 lbMax Pay Load : 28750 Kg / 63380 lb•

Measurements Internal Door OpeningLength 12032mm/39’ 6” SameWidth 2352mm / 7’ 9” 2340mm / 7’ 8”Height 2393mm / 7’ 10” 2280mm / 7’ 6”

Page 150: Liner Services

40’ HC

Cubic capacity : 76.4M³ / 2696Ft³Max Gross Weight : 32500 Kg / 71650 lbTare Weight : 3940Kg / 8640 lbMax Tare Load : 28560Kg / 26960 lb

Measurements Internal Door OpeningLength 12032mm / 39’ 6” SameWidth 2352mm /7’ 9” 2340mm / 7’ 8”Height 2698mm / 8’ 10” 2585mm / 8’ 6”45’ HC

Cubic capacity : 86.0M³ / 3038Ft³Max Gross Weight : 32500 Kg / 71650 lbTare weight : 4820 Kg / 10630 lbMax Pay Load : 27860 Kg / 61420 lb

Measurements Internal Door OpeningLength 13566mm/44’ 6” SameWidth 2352mm / 7’ 9” 2340mm / 7’ 8”Height 2698mm / 8’ 10” 2585mm / 8’ 6”

20 ft / 40 ft OPEN TOP CONTAINER

This type of containers satisfies a demand from many shippers to top load the container. For example, many

shippers of machinery have overhead gantries in their premises to load cargo in this type of container.

Cargoes that cannot be loaded in a General Purpose Container will get loaded in this type of container. This

container enables shipment of cargo in excess of 8.5 ft high. This makes the container an out of gauge

shipment that may be more difficult to operate in an intermodal system.

This type of container is engaged in shipment for a particular market segment. It does attract higher

operating costs for the container operator, due to the higher initial cost of the container, the need to replace

tilts and their support rods from time to time and the risk of an imperfect weather seal making it more difficult

to identify suitable back load cargo.

20 ft / 40 ft HALF HEIGHT CONTAINER

This type of containers specifically designed to carry high dense cargos like steel pipes and steel tubes.

They are the cut down version of 20 ft / 40 ft open top containers. They are only 4 ft / 4.5 ft in height. When

high dense cargo is moved in a full height container, the weight limit of the container will be reached before

the volume limit. To avoid this, half height containers are used.

However, this has got a limited usage i.e., only particular heavy commodities are suitable for these type of

containers making it difficult to identify return loads.

Page 151: Liner Services

20 ft / 40 ft FLAT RACK CONTAINERS

This type of container is designed to facilitate the movement of cargo in excess of the dimensions available

in a General Purpose or Open Top container.

This has got a flat loading platform, with corner posts. Some containers have fixed end and some have

open ends enabling over dimension cargo to get loaded. Cargo can be loaded from the side as well as from

the top.

20 ft BULK CONTAINERS

This has got loading hatches in the roof and a floor level discharge hatch. Full height doors are also fitted,

permitting its use as a general-purpose container.

This type of container is designed to carry granular or dry powder commodity that can be carried in loose

form. This reduces the customers packing and handling costs, although the cost of providing the container to

the container operator is consequently greater, as these containers are more expensive than the standard

general-purpose container.

Cargo will usually be loaded from the top from a silo and discharged through the rear hatch. Forty foot

versions of these containers are not commonly found, as most of the dry bulk commodities would fill a

container on weight rather than volume.

20 ft TANK CONTAINER

This type of container is primarily designed to carry bulk liquid chemicals or potable spirits. Usually these

types of containers are owned by the shippers themselves for a particular commodity that they wish to

transport. The incompatible nature of many of the chemicals makes the shippers to have their own boxes

designed according to their cargo standards.

These types of containers have electric or steam heating systems to discharge liquids, which are viscous at

normal temperatures.

20 ft OPEN SIDE CONTAINERS

Page 152: Liner Services

This type of container resembles that of a General Purpose Container except that instead of rigid sides, it

has removable curtains. It is used for cargo, which requires to be side loaded, and slightly of over-width and

requires more protection than loading in a flat rack container. It is used generally for palletized plywood.

These containers are used to carry livestock also.

20 ft VENTILATED CONTAINERS

These are designed for carriage of coffee from East Africa. They are identical to 20 ft General Purpose

containers apart from the provision of ventilation ducts along the top rails of the containers.

This allows water vapour given off by the coffee in its transit from hot most climates to a cool temperate one

to dissipate freely through passive ventilation. This removes a possible cause of cargo damage. This type of

container can be used as a 20 ft GP and therefore there are no problems in identifying back load cargo.

APPLICATIONS OF VARIOUS TYPES OF CONTAINERS

20’ dry (24 ton) – Ideal for stuffing light and medium weight cargo. E.g. Garments, Chemicals etc.

20’ dry (30 ton) –ideal for stuffing heavy cargo. E.g. Rice, Wheat, Steel scrap etc.

40’ dry (std) – ideal for loading voluminous cargo with light weight E.g. Cotton bales and consolidated LCL

cargo.

45’ dry (HC)- ideal for stuffing voluminous, long and lightweight cargo etc. PVC pipes.

20’ Reefer – ideal for stuffing heavy (Refrigerated) perishable cargo. E.g. chocolate - rarely used

equipments

40’ Reefer – ideal for stuffing voluminous light / medium weight (Refrigerated) perishable cargo. E.g.

eggs/meat etc.

Flat Rack (20’n 40’) ideal for stuffing odd sized cargo E.g. Over Dimensional machinery – that cannot be

stowed into an ordinary container.

Open Top Container – the top is normally covered with tarpaulin ideal for stuffing cargo through the top. E.g.

Machinery needing protection from sun and water.

Page 153: Liner Services

Hard Top Container – Same as open top but the top is covered with iron lids that can be opened. Cargo that

needs special protection E.g. Glasses can be stuffed.

Open Side Containers – one side is covered with tarpaulin ideal for stuffing livestock.

Bulk Head Container – these containers are with three holes on the top to stuff bulk cargo E.g. loose grains.

There will be an opening in the front panel to remove / discharge the grains.

Tanktainers - These containers are fitted with Tank and used for carrying fluids, E.g. fruit juice, chemicals

etc.

Flexi tank - these are standard containers fitted with flexible bags. These bags are with a valve kept in side

the container and used for stuffing liquids E.g. Oil. These bags can be removed and use the container as a

standard container.

Flat Bed – flat Racks without the side flat heads (collapsible or stationary) are called flat beds; these are

used for stuffing long and out of gauge cargoes E.g. bulk pressure tanks.

Half Height Containers – the containers are 20’ length and the height will be only the half of the normal

container, these are used for very heavy cargo where the extra height is not required E.g., Steel Pipes –

Heavy Steel Plates, etc.

Garments on Hanger Container – These Containers are with hangers inside specifically designed for hanging

garment.

Review Questions:

1. Explain any four types of containers. Also mention the containers that are used for carrying any specific

commodity with its logistical advantage.

Page 154: Liner Services

UNIT 3.6

CONTAINER ACQUISITION

Shipping Industry is highly capital intensive and containerization requires further more capital to own

containers and handling equipments.

Containers can be either owned by the Shipping Lines or may be taken on lease from leasing companies.

The decision either to own the containers or to go in for a lease depends upon various factors and the policy

decisions of the shipping company.

In the case of acquisition of containers, generally the following costs are involved:

a) Cost of Purchase – the expenses incurred right from placing the order till getting the container.

b) The cost of Survey – deploying the surveyor for inspection before movement and the relevant cost toward

the performance of survey.

c) Cost for fixing the Company logo is an additional expense

d) Cost of fixing the CSC Plate

e) The Cost of transportation from the manufacturers place till the depot of the shipping company

The decision to own the container is based on few of the important following factors:

LONG TERM BUSINESS PLAN

The Shipping Company should have to decide about their long-term business plan. Once they have decided

to be there in the trade and to operate in a specific route for a longer period, they can have their own

containers.

If a shipping company plans to operate in specific location covering about 20 ports, then the shipping

company should have enough of inventory level to serve to the trade.

The decision to invest on containers will have a long-term impact on their payback period.

Page 155: Liner Services

DEVELOPMENT OF NEW MARKET AND DEMAND AND SUPPLY

An existing operator may like to expand the activity in a different trade route and may like to ascertain the

business steadiness and the viability of operating in the particular sector. While the trade route is chosen on

trial basis, it would not be possible for the shipping company to have their own boxes to deploy in the route.

The decision of owning will have two different impacts. The additional investment of money to acquire the

boxes being the first hard decision to take the second impact would be that if the shipping company prefers

closing down their operation in a specific route, it would be impossible for them to make use of all their

inventory and it may be a difficult process for them to dispose off the boxes.

Moreover, the estimation made at the time of investing on the container purchase need not be go in the way

as estimated and it is subject to change according to the market variations, Govt. Policies, etc.,

The demand may be more in a particular place and the demand may be too less in a different place. At

some trade routes, there may just be one way traffic i.e., either there may only be export or import alone,

resulting in trade imbalance. This will force the shipping companies to reposition the Empty Containers from

the place of excess to the place of demand.

MONITORING AND CONTROLLING:

Any business will have its own core area of strength and it will try to concentrate on the same only. Though

owning of the containers adds the strength to the shipping company to operate in a more flexible way without

any dependence on leasing companies, it has got its own disadvantages also.

The monitoring, accounting and controlling of the equipment becomes very difficult and to it’s up keeping

involves huge investment of time, personnel and additional overheads towards the maintenance of the same.

To overcome from the above pitfalls, container leasing is preferred.

CONTAINER LEASING

Container leasing is a part of shipping activity. The Lessor makes supply of containers to the Lessee, Liner

Companies depending upon their requirement, for a hire.

Leasing becomes necessary to a shipping company in the following situations.

Page 156: Liner Services

Shipping Lines require containers to carry the cargo of the importer or exporter from one port to another.

The shipping companies should, in order to retain their business, ensure that adequate number of containers

kept at the place / port, as required by the exporter to load his cargo in the container for onward movement.

Though all the lines have their own containers also, the own containers alone may not be sufficient to meet

out the requirement of the customers. While this is one reason for hiring containers, the container value is

more and keeping too many containers becomes highly capital intensive. Large investment on containers

will be too difficult for the shipping Lines due to their own financial constraints.

As like any other manufacturing company, shipping lines do have their own budgeting system and every year

they can go in for investment on containers only to the allowed limits in the budget.

As the shipping industry has some volatility in the commercial functions, though the budget is made

allocated, due to sudden increase in the demand of containers, necessarily the shipping companies will have

to hire out the containers to meet the demand of their customers.

Rather than investing very heavily on the containers where the utilization may not be all that certain for all

365 days a year, they can very well fund on ship buying.

Except for very few very bigger shipping companies, other companies are taking the boxes on lease in the

range of 40 to 60% as compared to the total trade carried by them.

The leasing is exercised by different type of shipping companies. A shipping company in the status of

MLO/MTO or a shipping company in the status of NVOCC prefers leasing of containers. For the shipping

company to be successful, they should ensure sufficient containers are stocked at every location in order to

serve to the exporters. Each shipping company will have their own system of market analyzing and keeping

the required inventory. But every time their projection need not be going good with the market requirements.

In order to meet out the market demands, a shipping company takes the decision of leasing containers.

Moreover, the availability of containers depends largely on the ratio of export and import in the particular

location for a particular shipping company. When the export of cargo is more and the import of cargo is less,

or in the reverse case, there would be a trade imbalance and this either makes the demand for the

containers or empty repositioning of containers from one location to another.

The scenario of present trend on leasing of containers is as below:

Page 157: Liner Services

Liner shipping companies acquire their container fleet either by purchasing / building or by leasing from one

of the major leasing companies

Containers are manufactured in many countries but china is leading manufacturer followed by Europe

China manufactures 80% of the world’s marine containers

The availability of a large and inexpensive labor force, a fall in the cost of raw materials and abundant supply

of export cargo are the major reasons for the liners and leasing companies to choose China for building

these containers

Selling price & manufacturing costs are the other reasons to influence the liners and leasing companies to

build their containers in china

The two leading Chinese container manufacturers are CIMC group and Singamas Container holding

Pacific International line have 5 own manufacturing units in china

CIMC group operates 8 and Singamas Container holdings operate 4 of dry freight manufacturing plants,

there are approximately 30 manufacturing plants in china.

Europe manufacturers build approximately 8% of the world’s container output.

Approximately 45% of the world’s containers are supplied by the leasing companies.

All the liners will have a certain percentage of their fleet as leased units.

They have the flexibility to have the units when the cargo supply increases, and off-lease when the cargo

supply decreases

During the cargo dull period the liners off-lease the units to save the storage and equipment lease costs.

The liners conduct on-line survey prior picking up units. The survey report will show the condition of the unit

at the time of on-hire. The leasing companies will do the off-hire survey at liner’s cost while off hiring. The

lessee will be liable for the damage of the equipment barring the normal wear and tear.

The lease rent will be levied till the container is repaired and ready for use.

Page 158: Liner Services

OFF HIRE

As noticed above, the shipping market is volatile in nature. At some times due to heavy competition or for

any other reason, the shipping company may not be interested in operating in one particular route.

Considering this route, shipping company might have hired some units of containers and when the route is

not exercised, the shipping company will have excess of boxes and they may return the boxes to the

Lessors.

Such an activity is called as OFFHIRE

ONHIRE

On the contra to the above, when the shipping companies are running short of units, they take boxes from

the lessor and such activity is called as ONHIRE.

There are various types of leasing agreements entered into by the shipping companies and leasing

companies and few of the terms are detailed below:

MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT

This is the first and essential document signed between the Lessor and Lessee to have a proper agreement

in place mentioning the terms and conditions of lease. The lessee is allowed to on hire or off hire containers

only after the MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT is signed. The containers on hired under MASTER LEASE

AGREEMENT cannot be off hired before 180 days.

ONEWAY USE

One way use is encouraged by Lessor to Lessee from surplus location to demanded location. But the

Lessee is charged for this.

ONE WAY FREE USE

One way free use is similar to one way use with the difference of Lessee not being charged. The deal has

no cost to the Lessee.

Page 159: Liner Services

TRIP LEASE

Lessor supplies container to Lessee on the basis that Lessee has to return the equipment to the Lessor at

the place of pick-up.

SHORT TERM LEASE

Lessor supplies container to Lessee for a specific period is called as short term lease. The period is between

one to three years.

LONG TERM LEASE

Lessor supplies container to Lessee for a specific period is called as long term lease. The period is between

three to five years.

FINANCE LEASE

Lessor supplies factory units or older units on finance lease to Lessee for a certain specified period. The

Lessee claims ownership of the containers after the specified period expires and payment of all lease

charges. Lessee has the advantage of not investing huge amount on containers at one time.

LEASE RENTALS

Lessor charges lease rental to the lessee for the container on hired from them. The lease rental varies

between Lessees to Lessee. The lease rental is on per day basis and billed once in 30 days.

STORAGE & REPAIRS

Leasing companies store their containers in container depots near to the Port for easy transporting. They

appoint proper depot that can meet their standards. Container is considered as the greatest asset because it

brings revenue to the company and therefore every care is being taken to maintain the container.

ADVANTAGES OF LEASING BUSINESS

There are advantages to the Lessor as well as the Lessee in the leasing business. The same is discussed

from both their perspective:

Page 160: Liner Services

OWNING & LEASING

After determining the number of containers required the choice is either providing them on their own or hire

them from the leasing companies. Both owning & leasing has got it’s own merits and demerits. Having

determined the number of containers which the operator wishes to operate, has the choice of providing them

by buying them from a specialist manufacturer, or leasing them from one of the many companies whose

business is to own containers fro the purpose of hiring them to operators.

MERITS OF OWNING:

This may prove to be cheaper in long run

The manufacturing of containers may be as per the operators’ design thus having control over the

maintenance expenses

Having own containers always increases the value of the company.

DEMERITS OF OWNING:

Financing is major factor and the cost of finance is a very major consideration

The average life of a container is about 12 years. If there is no demand, the surplus containers may have to

be disposed off at a very cheaper / scrap rates.

LEASING – MERITS

It is easier to adjust the size of fleet in accordance with the market demand

Capital financing is reduced / avoided

The responsibility of repair in few cases will be to the account of lessor and hence the overheads of the

lessee is limited

On few specific lease arrangements, there will be reduction of cost if there be an imbalance of trade.

LEASING – DEMERITS

More expensive than owning

FROM THE LESSOR PERSPECTIVE

Page 161: Liner Services

Income generated from lease rentals is perpetual and it is not sale.

Depreciation is claimed against containers in their balance sheet.

Any fluctuation in foreign exchange will be an added advantage to the lessor.

FROM LESSEE PERSPECTIVE

Availability of containers ensured at any time at any location.

Cost effectiveness

No Investment

KEY TERMS IN LEASING CONTEXT

DPP

DAMAGE PROTECTION PLAN - The DPP coverage is offered by Lessor to Lessee for repairs up to a

specified amount. Lessee has to pay the repair charges exceeding the DPP cover amount.

DOCH

DROP OFF CHARGES - This is paid by Lessee to Lessor if they off hire the containers to Lessors at the

surplus location

DOCR

DROP OFF CREDIT - This is paid by Lessor to Lessee if they off hire the containers at demanded or hot

location

PUCH

PICKUP CHARGES - This is charged by the Lessor if they pick containers from the demanded location or

hot location.

PUCR

Page 162: Liner Services

PICK UP CREDIT - This is paid by the Lessor to Lessee if they pick up containers from the surplus location.

DOL

DROP OFF LIMIT - This is the off hire limit offered by Lessor to Lessee for a particular month.

FDS

FREE DAYS - Free days is basically an incentive offered by Lessor to Lessee and the Lessee need not have

to pay for such free days offered.

MAJOR LEASING COMPANIES IN THE WORLD

Textainer

Triton

Geseaco

Transamerica

Gateway Container Corporation

Capital Lease

Bridgehead

CATU

Florens

Amphicon

Waterfront

GOLD Containers

CAI – Container Application International

Cronos

Review Questions:

1. Explain the concept of container Leasing. State the advantage of Leasing of containers.

2. Explain various method of container leasing.

3. Briefly discuss:

Page 163: Liner Services

a) Master Lease Agreement

b) Financial Lease

c) Off Hire

d) DPP

e) FDS

4. Name any five of the container leasing companies and mentioned any two leasing companies that are in your

region with some hire indications.

5. State the advantages of owning & leasing of containers both from the point view of leasing company and

users.

Summary

This unit has dealt with the handling procedure of liner cargo, stevedoring and the equipments that are used

in handling the cargo between the wharf and the vessel and vice verza. The sea transportation is not just

restricted with the transportation of cargo from one port to another. It is imperative to note that the allied and

supportive activities that are essential in loading and unloading the cargo from the vessel is an important one

that can change the system of business itself. The effectiveness of stevedoring operation and the

infrastructure of the terminal and port together can only develop the trade in a positive way. Any one

shortfall either in the length of the quay, the draft, space in the CY, the dearth of equipments to handle i.e., to

receive and feed from / to the vessels can challenge the port activity in total.

Handling of Liner Cargo – Liner Cargo Stevedoring – Types of Cranes used for handling Liner cargo –

Unitization of Cargo & Evolution of containerization – Types of Containers & Their Features, applications –

World Container Fleet & Methods of container acquisition viz., Purchasing, Leasing.

The knowledge is essential to suggest a right crane for the right cargo operation. The warehouse / space

management is a must to optimize the resources that are available in the port / terminal. After having

understood the essentials of the port operations and the usage of equipment, it would be opt to know the

development of containerization and unitization of cargo along with the various types of containers presently

in use. The different types of containers serve to different types of commodities. The best selection of right

container for the right cargo will save lot of cost and also ensure safety for the cargo. The cost of

transportation is a part of the total price of the commodity. Hence every move should be made with a view to

optimize the cost. The optimization of cost has got a direct impact on the investments made and the

inventory held. This rule is not exemption to the shipping business. Hence the various modals of shipping

business need to be practiced in order to maximize the profits. Shipping Company may have their own

vessels, their own containers and their own offices established in every part of the world. While it would be

Page 164: Liner Services

possible for few of the very big shipping companies to have everything under their control and everything on

their own, (Example – Maersk Lines), for few of the companies it may not be possible to invest at every

requirement. The concept of outsourcing is quite common in shipping business. A shipping company may

operate only between main ports and avail the services of feeder operators to transport boxes from gateway

port to hub port. When a Shipping Company has got own vessels deployed in the main trade route, in order

to service to the customers, may charter few more vessel to deploy in service. While this is the case for

vessels, a NVOCC operator may have few containers on their own and may lease out rest of their

requirements from a leasing company. Students are advised to go through the contents of this chapter till

they understand the concept in total. Only a through understanding will help the students to perform their

roles in a better way.

Page 165: Liner Services

Block IV

Types of Liner services – Independent Service – Consortium / Alliance Services – Direct Vs. Transshipment

services – Short Sea Feeder Services – Liner Freight Rate Structure and Economics of a typical Liner

voyage – Liner Conferences

Structure

Overview

Learning Objectives

Factors influencing shipping business

Various Liner Services – Independent / Consortium / Conference / Alliance system & Different service

options

Direct Service & Transshipment services

Short sea Feeder Services

Liner Freight Rate Structure

Economics of a typical Liner Voyage

Overview

After the students having understood the basics and characteristics of liner shipping business, in this unit it

was felt opt to explain the factors that influence the shipping business i.e., why there be a trade and how the

trade can offer business to shipping companies. The advantages that is available to the traders while using

the services of direct service & transshipment service is discussed in detail. The concept of running the

business on an independent basis and with the support of other shipping companies, the merits and demerits

of such system to the owners / shipping companies and the users are enumerated. The factors that are

influencing while fixing the freight rate is an important element to be noticed by the students as this will be

very useful for their practical applications while they take up an assignment in shipping industry or with

merchants connected with shipping activities.

Summary

Review Questions

UNIT 4.1

Page 166: Liner Services

AN INTRODUCTION – FACTORS INFLUENCING SHIPPING BUSINESS

The movement of cargo by sea has come into practice because the seller / exporter started selling a

commodity to another party who is in need of the same and situated in a different place / country. The

activity of sale by one and the purchase by another is known as trading.

The trade will become effective when there is an advantage to the buyer and also to the seller. When the

advantages of the trade are the prime importance to the parties of the trade, the real reason for any trading

will be followed by the need / demand by one party and the surplus of some resources with another party.

Due to the uneven distribution of resources throughout the world, one part of the world has excess and

another has a shortage. For example, Great Britain has substantial reserves of coal and in fact until the late

1930s, it was a major exporter of some of the finest coal in the world, Australia has also coal and although

the two countries are more than 10,000 nautical miles apart, Australia is able to sell coal to Britain.

Before dealing with this apparent paradox, we will have to know the implications of the word ‘resources’. To

consider the theory of trade, the two expressions commonly used by economists, which need to be

mastered. The first is absolute advantage, which refers to a commodity which one country has in exportable

quantities but which another country has none. For example, bananas or coffee, which cannot be produced

in Northern Europe whilst they are in abundance in the West Indies and Brazil. Such an absolute advantage

is the result of climate. Absolute advantage may also come about through geology and an example is

copper that is mined in several parts of Southern Africa but many countries have no such mineral deposits.

Thus, in the case of absolute advantage, the resource is simply the physical availability of the commodity.

Other factors are, however, involved which lead to comparative advantage. In simplistic terms this means

where one country produces a commodity more cheaply or in a more desirable form than another.

In addition to climate and geology there are other factors of production, which create a comparative

advantage. These factors tend to fall into four categories namely Land, Labour, Capital and Enterprise. No

two countries have exactly the same resources and few, if any, can be considered as being self-sufficient.

Land incorporates climate and geology in terms of absolute advantage but it can have a profound effect also

in the case of comparative advantage. Reference was made to the fact that Australia can sell coal to Britain,

which actually still has vast reserves of coal. Where geology plays its part is in the way that coal in Australia

is much easier and therefore cheaper, to extract from the earth.

Page 167: Liner Services

Labour takes cognizance of the fact that the cost of living in some countries is considerably lower than in

others and so they can produce certain items at a much lower cost. This has been particularly demonstrated

in the case of shipbuilding which was at one time almost exclusively carried out in northern Europe and the

USA but is now much reduced in those places but has developed enormously in countries like Japan and

South Korea.

Capital does not simply mean money but just as much the things which money has provided such as

manufacturing Equipment, Roads, Ports and all the other items which permit goods to be produced and

brought to a place from which they can conveniently be exported.

Both Labour and Capital may be involved in enterprise. Countries with high labour costs have used their skill

and knowledge to develop a high degree of automation in production that enables the same amount of work

to be carried out by far fewer people but automation demands a huge amount of money to be invested.

Land may be considered static as most mineral deposits have been located even if not yet being worked and

despite the effects of global warming the changes in weather patterns are extremely gradual.

Labour and Enterprise, however, can change radically in a relatively short time. Enterprise tends to change

by evolutionary processes through populations becoming more technologically advanced but more drastic

changes may be brought about by politics. A narrow comparative advantage favouring imports can easily be

reversed by the imposition of customs duty that would make the imported goods more expensive thus

favouring a boost to domestic production in order to reduce unemployment. The converse may be where a

government gives money to manufacturers in its own country in the form known as a subsidy. The object

here being to enable the goods so produced to be competitive in the export market. This device was

practiced for several years in UK and other European Countries in a vain attempt to retain their position as

major shipbuilders. The theory of subsidies is that it is better to use tax-prayers money to maintain

competitiveness in manufacture and earn foreign currency rather than use possibly more money paying

benefits to large numbers of unhappy unemployed workers.

Patterns of Trade influence imports and exports where politics as well as enterprise can have their effect.

Until the middle of the twentieth century, several European countries, especially Great Britain, had direct

interests in territories overseas, countries that were at one time parts of their empires. Traditional trading

patterns were, therefore, between the mother countries and these overseas nations many of which

deliberately developed items that were required in Europe. Typical of these were the farming and dairy

products (meat, butter, sugar, etc.) that are so important to such areas as Australia and New Zealand.

Latterly the economic and political links forged in Europe have brought about a reduction in the amount of

trade with former colonies. This in turn has had the effect of countries like Australia creating new trading

Page 168: Liner Services

patterns with the Far East and in so doing finding it logical to boost its extraction of coal, iron ore and other

minerals.

An important influence upon trade and trading patterns that has little or nothing to do with the actual factors

of production has been the technological advances in ship design and production. Until the 1950s, 10000

tonnes was large for a dry-cargo ship and so called “super-tanker” carried 42,000 tonnes. Less than thirty

years later, ships ten times these sizes were commonplace. Such increases in size brought about

economies of scale. Very simply this means that one does not need a crew ten times the size for such

bigger ships. Indeed, other technological advances have had the reverse effect and crews of today’s

100,000 tonner are no more than a third of the size of those of a 1950s 10,000 tonner. Similarly one does

not need an engine burning ten times the amount of fuel to propel these big ships.

The effect of these economies of scale has been to enable quite inexpensive raw materials to move half way

round the world and still arrive at a competitive price. Not only raw materials move long distances cheaply,

one can move goods in freight containers vast distances and only add a few dollars per tonne to their price; a

small amount in the price structure of, for example, washing machines, or television sets is affected by sea

freight.

Politics can also have direct influence on trading patterns in other ways. Warlike operations in the Middle

East have caused the Suez Canal to be closed for long periods on more than one occasion. The produced

the incentive to design and build the ‘Cape-size’ tankers needed to transport crude oil round Africa instead of

via the Suez Canal and still deliver it in Europe at the same price.

The practical and political influence on trade and trading patterns are not the end of the story. Simple

preference, encouraged by clever advertising, can take advantage of the cheapness of modern sea carriage.

The USA has the biggest car producing companies in the world and yet one can encounter German, British

and many types of Japanese cars in American Streets. Supermarkets in any European country have the food

items in their shelves, from all over the world. These countries are able to produce almost all the goods that

are essential for life but here again, personal fancy is now an important part of comparative advantage. This

has led to the term ‘globalization’ being applied to the worldwide distribution of, especially, consumer goods.

From the above, we can understand what is trade and for trading the essential requirements apart from the

demand from one end and the surplus available at another end. The vital factor to be noted is that the

movement of goods / commodities / raw material from one place to another i.e., from the surplus country to

the demanded port / country is essential and inevitable.

Page 169: Liner Services

The concept of barter sale which restricted the trade only between the two parties i.e., one party offering one

item to another in exchange of the required item, slowly got replaced and reached today’s level of

exchanging the value of goods by way of internationally accepted currency.

When the value is measured in terms of currency, not only the goods value taken into account but also the

cost attached to the goods till, the delivery of goods at the required place from the point of export.

The only transportation facility available before the invention of airlifting between two places was the

waterways apart from the usage of roads, which was meant only for the short distance transportation. The

waterways have thus helped to the trading community by offering higher contribution to economize the cost

and the relevant operations in reaching the goods from the point of sale to the point of consumption.

70% of the world’s surface is covered in water. From this we can understand only one type of service alone

cannot cater to the requirement of trade and on need base different type of services need to be put in place

to satisfy the customers and also the shipping lines to economize their activity to make money.

As the end result of a business is to make profit, any business will have to be carried out with due caution to

make the business a successful one and to make more profits. It is based on the market demand, the size of

the business can be determined but the policies as to how to run the business will have to be determined by

the owners / partners of the business entity.

Though a sizeable shipping companies are run on closely held basis, few companies are running as a limited

company. Rather than we understanding the business on the ownership entity base, we shall focus more

upon the nature of operations on which the shipping lines are functioning in present days.

Page 170: Liner Services

Unit 4.2

TYPES OF LINER SERVICES

Having understood the characteristics of the Liner Services from the earlier sessions, it is important to know

about the various type of Liner Services available and their strengths and weaknesses.

To list the various types, it can be stated as

Independent Service

Conference Service

Consortia Service

Alliance Service

When there are operators to offer the services in either one of the above mentioned pattern, every one type

of operator has got their own advantage and disadvantage in operating in such a fashion. It is depending

upon the service type they offer to the trade and the trade route they cover. The most commonly known

services offered by liners are as below:

End to End Service

Round The Word Service

Pendulum Service

Hub & Spoke Service

END TO END SERVICE:

The Liner Operator has a choice to select any one type of service option or combination of more than one

type. One of the characteristics of the liner service is that the vessel sailed from the starting point to call on

the various loading ports to the discharging ports and then to return over the same route to its starting point.

Traditional way of serving liner trade route was to cover a range of loading ports at one end of the route and

range of discharging ports at the other. At certain trade routes, there may be some differences as to the

individual ports called because of the availability of export cargo from a particular port that may have no

demand for imports or vice-versa. Example of such route might be from Hamburg, London, Rotterdam and

Antwerp to Sharjah, Mumbai, Colombo and Chennai. The return route might add an Indian Export port such

as Visakapatnam but omit the Arabian Gulf Port.

ROUND THE WORD SERVICE (RTW)

Page 171: Liner Services

This is an alternative to the end to end service. The ship never turns round, it just keeps sailing until it

completes a circumnavigation and returns to its starting point i.e., the ship will not have to report the ports

through which she has traveled for loading the cargo. Transatlantic, Transpacific and Far East To Europe

route are the examples of such service. The expected economy of this operation is that the vessel will have

the opportunity to carry cargo on every leg of the voyage including ports that are intermediary to the main

voyage legs. Ideally the service operates both west about and east about the world. One obvious limitation

is that such a service is restricted to using PANAMAX tonnage (the largest size of vessel that can transit the

Panama Canal). This type of services have declined in importance now day.

PENDULUM SERVICE

In its most ambitious form a pendulum service is a RTW service that omits the Panama Canal allowing the

largest size of vessel to be used. It would operate from the Eastern Seaboard of USA (ECUS) via Europe to

the Far East and vice versa. Compared with an RTW service it loses the ability to carry cargo between, for

example, ECUS and and the Far East because its transit time is too long. Pendulum differs from End to End

in that it combines two or more main trade routes.

HUB & SPOKE

It is a type of service that is offered between the hub port and the gateway port. The mainline ship will call

at key ports (hubs) on its route. From these hubs, it will operate feeder services to other local areas and

‘spoke’ services to serve other accessible trade routes. This concept is used to allow east / west service

vessels to link to north / south trades. Almost all deep sea container services today use the hub and spoke

concept to some extent and the major players support their worldwide services by this method.

After we understanding the various service options available in liner trade, let us understand the nature and

style of functioning of the Liner Service Provider from the point view of Independent / Conference /

Consortium / Alliance.

INDEPENDENT SERVICES

Independent service provider is a one who does not get into any arrangements of consortium or alliance with

other shipping line operators. He will be operating in a trade route having all necessary ingredients of a liner

service.

Page 172: Liner Services

To be successful, the operator should not only offer good service to shippers but also a cheaper rate. In the

last three decades, much bigger operators have challenged the conference and have successfully reassured

the merchants of the seriousness of the independent lines’ endeavours. The emergence of independent

operator coupled with changing attitude to business in general and shipping in particular, provided the

impetus for the liberalization of liner shipping. This helped the shippers who wanted to negotiate the rates

and terms with the independent operators those who have been controlled by the strict conference rules.

The rising strength, service and competitive rates offered by the independent lines won substantial amounts

of business from the conference members during the 1980 – 90s. Conference members, realizing that they

were being left in behind in the pursuit of business, were forced to undercut the conference tariffs and match

these rates, thus resulting in resignation from the conference or a much more flexible pricing regime.

One result of this was that even long established lines that were historically strong supporters of the

conference system started to review their position and to look much more closely at the role of the

conference in individual trade routes. A particular major liner company may now be a staunch conference

member in one trade, and yet be the leading independent competitor to the conference on another route.

The service operated by a single liner shipping company in a particular trade route, competing with other

liners or consortia operating in the same trade route is called as Independent Service.

Page 173: Liner Services

CHARACTERISTICS OF INDEPENDENT SERVICES

DEPLOYMENT OF OWN VESSELS

Under this pattern, a single operator deploys vessels in operation. The size of the vessels and the number of

vessels that need to be put in operation is based on the decision taken by him to cover the set of trade

routes. More and more the ports he calls and operates in various routes, the requirement of vessels will be

more.

To make out the presence in a sector, according to the requirements of the trade and the frequency expected

between the ports, he has to plan for the deployment of vessel.

Since it is a single operator, more number of vessels required for meeting frequency and the point to be kept

in mind is that he should be in a position to continue with the services and the basic requirement for this

should be the economy of scale. The income generated in the operation should be sufficient enough to

meet out the expenditure in running the service and over a period of time the returns should start coming in.

INDEPENDENT FREIGHT RATES

As the basic characteristic is to put their own vessel, there would be no sharing of resources and

infrastructure with others. Depending upon the technical expertise available with the company and its

financial strength, an independent operator may put in their own vessels in a trade route. The owning means

purchasing the ship then putting the same in the service. Alternatively, the independent operator may take

advantage over the falling time charter rates, and charter a vessel then put it in operation. This results in the

blocking of finance and continuous recurring expenditure in the monitoring and up-keeping the ship

seaworthy. The advantage of sharing the operating costs may not be available to an independent operator

as in the case of some benefits available in consortia arrangements. According to the cost in running the

service, the pricing on the customers should be made. The tariff should be attractive enough to get more

customers and at the same point of time the revenue should be good enough to run the business without

making a loss. Considering the operating cost and economics of scale based on the vessels deployed, the

independent operator will fix up a freight rate.

FLEXIBLE AND INDEPENDENT SAILING SCHEDULES

Unlike in the case of consortium / alliance arrangements, the independent service operator has got more

flexible and independent sailing opportunities. Based on the arrangement between the consortium / alliance

Page 174: Liner Services

members, every one member will have to deploy a vessel in order to meet out the set frequency. Each and

every member will have to agree for the same and the market demand should also be there to feed for all the

voyages. In the case of Independent Service Provider, the option of fixing the sailing schedule is within the

control of the service provider based on the business forecast done considering the supply and demand

position of the market where he prefers to operate. Depending upon the trade route he prefers and the

potential of the market, the frequency can be set to meet the demand.

ADVANTAGES

As an independent service provider he would be in a position to establish his brand name and build up a

better image with the customers. The identity of the service provider will be made well known in the market.

The pricing decision is independent of the service provider. Unlike the other services like consortium /

alliance, where the pricing has to be fixed taking into all the players views and suggestions, here the

independent service provider can take decisions on the price that he plans to charge on the user. Only point

where the caution to be taken is that the pricing should not put him in trouble and force him to shut the

services. No doubt, the better price attracts more volume and customers. Flexible pricing will certainly build

the volume and contribute to make the service a successful one.

As an independent operator, based on the commercial viability, he can have more flexible sailing schedules.

Over and above to all, the success of business is based on the amount of confidentiality maintained. As an

independent service provider, he can keep absolute confidentiality.

DISADVANTAGES

No collective bargaining for berthing, port / terminal tariff etc., would be available to an Independent

Operator, unless he is holding a major share of the market.

No sharing of resources would be possible, which increases the operational cost.

The utilization of space in the ship may be lesser at times.

Since the independent operator will have to invest huge amount of money in deploying larger number of

ships in the trade route, the expected level frequency may not be there and this may result in lesser sailing

frequency.

Page 175: Liner Services

EXAMPLE OF FEW CURRENT INDEPENDENT SERVICES WORLDWIDE

Ex: UAM Service - Evergreen Shipping

Operating in the route of - Colombo – Genoa – Toronto – Valencia.

Ex: MECL – 2 Service - Maersk

Operating in the route of - Chennai – Salalah – Jeddah – Algeciras – Savannah - Norfolk – Newark.

Page 176: Liner Services

THE CONFERENCE SYSTEM

Liner Conferences are groups or associations of ship owners, which agree to combine their operations on a

given trade route, on conditions agreed by the members of the route. The term for such a grouping is a

Cartel and the effect on the customer is basically that of being faced with a monopolistic situation. Although

there are several distinct operators within the trade, there is no difference in the price and little difference in

the nature of the service; thus the choice to the consumer is limited. Such a definition, were it left without any

qualification or explanation would totally damn the whole concept of Liner Conferences. There is however,

another side to the equation in terms of the benefits, which flow from the system some of which are intrinsic

and others, which are judiciously included by the operators to counter adverse criticism.

STRUCTURE OF A LINER CONFERENCE

A Conference is, however, as the name implies, a collection of lines which have agreed to carry out some of

their activities in unison.

Each Conference, in addition to the representatives of its member lines who sit round the table from time to

time, has a permanent staff. The size of that staff is based on the size of the conference. Some of the

smaller ones have no more than a general secretary with an assistant or two. The bigger, more powerful

conferences would have a Director General as the head of a substantial number of highly qualified staff

including lawyers, economists and accountants as well as clerical workers.

The first conference set up in 1875, was the Calcutta conference. After that they spread rapidly and by the

beginning of the second World War virtually every liner trade of any importance was covered by a conference

agreement of some sort. The first conferences were exclusively British, but the idea quickly became

international.

Protectionism was the essential reason for their existence, and they are semi-monopolistic in their method of

operation. Inevitably they have been criticized for curtailing free trade and preventing other operators from

trading. Nevertheless, up to very recent times, when they started to lose their influence, there were some

270 conferences and agreements in existence covering virtually every trade route worldwide.

MONOPOLY INVESTIGATIONS IN UK AND USA

The conference system has been under attack on several occasions especially during the formative years. A

particular target for complaint was the way that the loyalty rebate system had the effect of excluding

competition from lines outside the conference agreements. The favourite system which commenced as early

Page 177: Liner Services

as 1877 was the ‘deferred rebate’ whereby a shipper received the rebate (usually 10%) after a given period

of time provided that his loyalty to that particular conference had not wavered during the period concerned.

If, however, that shipper had consigned the smallest amount by a non-conference ship on that trade route,

no rebate would be paid on any of the conference consignments for that period (usually six months). The

system effectively tied shippers to the conference.

The steamship boom had created an excess of ships, with too many operators chasing the available cargo.

This led, at the end of the last century and early this century, to combinations and mergers such as Cunard

Line with the White Star Line on the Atlantic run and the Union Line with the Castle Line on the South Africa

route.

Some owners went out of business as a result of being excluded from a trade. With the number of owners

diminishing, conferences became tighter and more controlled, and complaints against the method of

operation of conference members grew. In 1902 questions were put to the British Parliament, and

complaints were handed to the Board of Trades. In 1904, the South African colonies, as they were thus

known, complained about the rebate system, preferential freight rates from the USA and the Continent and

secret concessions to shippers. Australia and New Zealand also complained. In 1906 a congress of the

chambers of commerce of the empire protested against the payment of rebates by steamship companies,

and in America shippers were beginning to complain. In the same year, a ‘Royal Commission on Shipping

Rings’ was set up in London and reported in 1909. In 1911, the first actions were brought in the United

States by the Department of Justice of the US Government against three conferences for violations of the

American anti-trust laws. In America, the Sherman Anti-Trust Law had been passed in 1890, to ‘prohibit

combinations, contracts and conspiracies to the restrain of trade, and to prohibit monopolies and cartels, and

attempts to monopolize trade’. The US Government has always opposed any attempt to restrict free trade.

These two investigations produced very similar conclusions. Both reported a large number of shippers

prepared to give evidence, although others had been deterred by threats of commercial retaliation. The UK

inquiry revealed the fact that on nearly every trade route some form of discrimination was in operation. The

conference method was the one most commonly employed. Even where the existence of such collaboration

was denied, there was ‘ a remarkable uniformity of rates and no trace of a trade war could be found’. The

majority in the UK inquiry produced a fairly a mild report but a dissenting minority expressed much more

critical views.

The Alexander Committee on Merchant Marine and Fisheries in the USA, using similar guidelines to those of

the Royal Commission, not surprisingly produced very similar conclusions to the UK inquiry, publishing a

summary without making a definite valuation, finding that:

Page 178: Liner Services

1. Unrestricted competition in the Liner Trades was impossible

2. Competition amongst conference members was found to be regulated by –

Rate agreements

Control of sailing schedules

Pooling and

Good faith or performance bonds

3. That competition from outsiders was reduced by

Agreements

The use of conference ships placed on a berth to sail in competition with a non-conference carrier, offering

the same or lower rates than the interloper, even if the rates were below the conference tariff. Known as

‘fighting ships’ the losses sustained would be borne by the conference.

Binding arrangements, such as rebates and various concessionary contracts.

Following on from the Alexander Inquiry, the US Shipping Act of 1916 made, the use of ‘fighting ships’ and

the deferred rebate system illegal in US trades. Retaliation by ship owners against shippers who withdraw

their cargo by refusing them space at a later time was also made illegal.

ADVANTAGES OF THE CONFERENCE SYSTEM

The greater regularity of sailings. Since there are many members in the conference, each one may be

interested to place their ship in trade. The more ships put in the particular trade by the members will offer

more sailing opportunity.

The improved standard of ships made possible by greater security conferences afforded and which gave ship

owners the ability to raise funds based on future earnings, and created investment capital. The raising of

funds based on future earnings motivates lot of operators to go in for expansion of their number of ships.

Greater stability of rates – agreed as necessary for the future development of the system. Unlike in the

pattern of independent operator, once the members agree the rates, the minimum period to withhold the

rates in the market will be possible and this helps to make a better budget and planning for the future

activities.

Page 179: Liner Services

The provision of uniform rates to all shippers enables the operators to protect their income level based on an

assured rate irrespective of the shipper.

The reduction of cost by the elimination of wasteful competition between member owners – by rationalizing

sailings and ports of call

The ability of conference members to charge what the trade will bear – rates could be adjusted to meet

supply and demand criteria. This is one of the very major advantages available i.e., all the members of

conference can analyze the market need and the demand for their services. At times the cost of the product

will be very minimal whereas the freight amount would be having a major percentage on the value of cargo.

Based on the demand, the members can fix a tariff.

The ability to forecast and provide for future trade

No competition for customers as member lines did not generally carry cargo for their own account.

The Conference system protects the weaker members.

THE DISADVANTAGE OF THE CONFERENCE SYSTEM

The possibility of charging excessive rates, thus giving excessive profits. Once all the members of the

conference are together taking a decision to hike up the rates, they can implement the same.

The lack of the need to compete causing indifference to the need to care for the cargo

The arbitrary nature of the settlement of claims

Failure to give adequate notice of freight changes. Once the decision is taken to change the freight rates,

generally the rate revision is made known to the trade without much of notice period effecting such freight

change.

The secrecy of conference operations, and the difficulty of obtaining tariffs (rate increases were said to have

been arbitrary, or without adequate notice, and the secrecy gave rise to suspicions that special treatment

was afforded to large shippers)

Page 180: Liner Services

DEVELOPMENTS TO THE CONFERENCE SYSTEM

The advantages of Conference System have always been considered to outweigh the disadvantages, and

thus the system has proliferated during this century, and dominated world liner trading from the end of the

Second World War until the 1990s.

The objections to the Conference system, which persisted, were –

A shipper, who is tied to a conference, could not take advantage of outside tonnage when rates are low.

A shipper of a large volume of goods could not always use superior bargaining power to obtain favourable

rates.

Non-conference ship owners objected because it prevented them competing for the trade.

Further reviews and recommendations followed in a number of countries.

A UK ‘Imperial Shipping Committee’ sitting in 1920 – 1923 concluded that, where a regular organized service

was required, the Conference system was necessary – e.g., ships much be provided whether freight is

plentiful or not but that liner owners much have an assurance that sporadic competition would not cream off

the most lucrative traffic.

The committee recommended that shippers should be given a choice between the deferred rebate system

and a form of contract. In 1955 a British Shippers’ Council was formed to ‘further the interests of exporters

and importers in the UK in relation to the transportation of goods by sea and air’.

This led the way to an era of joint consultation between the Shippers’ Council and liner conferences. The

Council participated in the setting up of consultation machinery between ship owners and shippers, to

consider representations from a shipper or trade association, which could not be resolved by the ship owner.

In 1963 the European Shippers’ Councils and European Ship owners’ Association (CENSA) agreed a ‘note

of understanding’ to govern their consultative arrangements. As a result, a number of joining European

Committees and working groups were created.

In the UK the Rochdale Report of 1970 agreed that a Code of Practice to govern the behaviour of

conferences should be drawn up in consultation with representatives of the Government, ship owners and

shippers. A year later the Consultative Shipping Group, (members of European maritime nations plus

Page 181: Liner Services

Japan), resolved that a Code of Practice should be agreed and prepared. This became the EUROPEAN

CODE known as the ESC / CENSA CODE.

Also in 1971 the United Nations Conference made liner conference proposals for Trade and Development

(UNCTAD). UNCTAD make no secret of the fact that the significant part of their name is “Development” and

so they are unashamedly on the side of the less developed nations of the world. They proposed a “Code of

Conduct for Liner Conferences” which was eventually adopted in April 1974. It contained many clauses,

which gave a clear insight into the complexities of Liner Conference trading.

The code was best remembered for one particular clause which is the ‘40/40/20 Rule’ (Article 2 Rule 4)

which in effect means that all conference liner cargo should be split three ways, 40% for the national line of

the exporting country, 40% for the national line of the importing country and the remaining 20% for third

country operators – better known as ‘cross-traders’.

The object was to enable the lines of the developing nations to have a greater influence in their countries’

trades and they saw the Liner Conference as a barrier to this end. In the debates the Code was strongly

opposed by western nations who had for many years been established in cross trading. They viewed the

Code as trade protectionism. Western countries regarded the UN Code as non-commercial competition, and

preferred the voluntary commercial principles laid down in the ESC / CENSA Code.

United Nations Codes are essentially only proposals; the United Nations Assembly cannot pass laws, being

simply an international forum. Those member nations who agree to the proposals have to cause them to be

enacted by their own governments so that they then become binding on their national citizens and

organizations. Usually their proposals include some reference to the level of support needed to turn such

proposals into international conventions.

By this time, 18 recommendations had been agreed by CENSA, as follows:

Availability of conference tariffs and regulations

Deferred rebate system

Simplification of tariff rules and conditions

Shippers loyalty contracts with conferences

Prevention of malpractices

Procedure for introducing freight surcharges

Standard rules for cargo measurement

Introduction of, and alteration to, shippers contracts and agreements

Diversions, Co-operation and shippers

Page 182: Liner Services

Heavy lifts

Long lengths

Pallet rules

Clausing Bills of Lading for fibreboard containers and cartons (Easily damaged when so packed)

Currencies – methods of dealing with rates of exchange, devaluation and revaluation.

Standard container sizes

Machinery for the resolution of disputes

Period of notice for increasing freight rates

Declaration of dangerous goods

15 European countries now had National Shippers Councils and the movement had spread widely overseas.

The European Shippers’ Councils (ESC) conferred regularly with the Council of European and Japanese

National Ship owners’ Associations in matters of mutual interest.

However, not all trades found the normal harmony experienced by the European Liner Conferences.

Government restrictions or protectionist measures at the far ends of various trades prevented universal

acceptance of the ESC / CENSA Code. All the European shipper’s councils together with a number of

conferences adopted the European Code.

American conferences have been influenced by US Government restrictions via the Federal Maritime

Commission. An example in 1979 was the legislation concerning anti-rebating.

This allows the Federal Maritime Commission to suspend up to 180 days, the tariffs of any carrier who

refuses to pass over any documents relating to a rebating inquiry. The FMC require ALL liner tariffs serving

the US whether conference or independent to be filed with them. Even a single rate change has to be notified

otherwise an offence has been committed; these FMC regulations apply to all lines regardless of through

rates, including those quoted by NVOCCs should be filed as well. This in effect, seeks to move the regulation

into the area of trying to control the price of land transport within another country’s borders.

For the UN Code to become an International Convention it required ratification by 24 states representing

25% of world liner tonnage. By 1979, 28 states representing only 5.7% of world liner tonnage had signed the

proposal, these being the smaller, less developed, nations who hoped to gain from the 40 / 40 / 20 proposal.

At the UNCTAD conference in June 1979, it was proposed that the trading partner country would have the

right to carry 40% of the cargo generated by their own trade leaving all the remainder for third flag carriers

and proposed considerable flexibility in reaching agreement on cargo shares.

Page 183: Liner Services

At this conference a further 17 countries agreed to adopt the Code, including (with qualifications) the member

countries of the European Economic Community (EEC), Greece, USSR and China which brought total

tonnage to well over 50%, ensuring acceptance.

However the EEC Countries (through an agreement referred to as the Brussels Package) announced that

they would NOT implement the cargo sharing requirements on a national but on an EC basis and that the

40 / 40 trade sharing would NOT be implemented between EEC and other OECD (Organization of Economic

Co-Operation and Development) countries. They would not exclude developing countries for bidding for the

20%.

The compilers of the Code convinced themselves that the only root cause of the developing countries failing

to command their rightful share of their trades was the dominance of developed countries shipping in the

conference system. They overlooked the fact that the best ships were owned by those with the most money

and expertise (or most credibility with bankers). Not all of this wealth and credibility was, in fact, in the same

places as the homes of the much-maligned conferences.

Because of these beliefs, the efforts of the UN code were directed at liner conferences not liner trades so

that the burgeoning influence of non-conference lines was not taken into consideration.

In fairness, at the time of the Code’s compilation, many non-conference liners were operated by speculators

who took advantage of the lack of flexibility in the conference system. When charter rates were low, these

speculators were able to take ships (often sub-standard ships) on time charter at prices which enabled them

to undercut conference tariffs by such an amount that shippers could risk sacrificing their conference rebates.

So the idea that conference was respectable, non-conference was suspect, was a dominant influence in the

UN thinking. They would argue that critics of the code were benefiting from hindsight and whether or not this

is true could be subject for endless debate. One has to remember, however, that it was common knowledge

that such respectable owners as the Singapore Government seriously considered operating their national

line outside the conference. Further more, the largest fleet in the world that of the USSR was entering many

of the traditional trades with rates well below those of the conferences.

The Code, therefore had been unable to exercise any significant influence on the Liner Trades, and had

never achieved the control and distribution of freights that was its aim. Within a few years of the introduction

of the code, one of the strongest conferences – that of the Europe / Far East – admitted that it controlled only

60% of the trade, and this figure was still falling.

Having gone through the evolution of conference system, the difficulties experienced due to competition and

the developments, let us summarize the system of conference and the advantages of the same.

Page 184: Liner Services

Liner Conferences are groups or associations of ship owners, which agree to combine their operations on a

given trade route, on conditions agreed by the members of the route.

The term for such a grouping is a CARTEL and the effect on the customer is basically that of being with a

monopolistic situation.

In one trade, there may be several distinct operators and there could be no difference in the price.

Conference means a collection of lines, which have agreed to carry out some of their activities in agreement.

Each conference in addition to the representatives of its member lines who sit round the table, from time to

time, has a permanent staff. The size of that staff is naturally influenced by the size of the conference itself.

In small conference, there may be only a general secretary assisted by one or two.

Bigger conferences may have a Director General as the head of a substantial number of qualified staff

members like lawyers, accountants and economics.

Liner conferences were formed originally to protect owners already operating a service, from outside some

times unscrupulous

The Conference service has its own merits to its own members and also has provided an advantageous

situation to the shippers also. However the disadvantages of conference service have made a pathway for

different type of other services that can be offered to the trade protecting the interest of the operators. While

the development of consortia and grand alliance system can be well understood from the later lessons, an

example of Conference system that is operating in India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Ceylon is outlined below

with the member names and few of their functions:

FROM THE WEBSITE OF IPBCC - INDIA PAKISTAN BANGLADESH CEYLON CONFERENCE

The IPBCC is generally considered to be the oldest shipping conference in the world. Founded in 1875

initially as the 'Calcutta Steam Traffic Conference'.

Founder members included P&O SN Co, British India Steam Navigation Co., Anchor Line, Clan Line, Hall

Line and City Line.

Problems back then appear rather familiar - even now. The following was a message from seniors in London

to Calcutta in 1886; “Sudden collapse of rates peculiarly disappointing. Calcutta Homeward Conferences

Page 185: Liner Services

must adopt more effectual means for producing much better results. Endeavour obtain co-operation sailing

agents. Owners disposed lay up tonnage rather than continue present heavy losses”

As the trade developed and the political landscape changed, the Conference membership included members

from India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka and Bangladesh as well as representatives from many European and other

nations.

In the mid 1970's for example there were 25 members representing 16 countries.

Liner shipping has changed dramaticaly in recent years with amalgamations and revised trading patterns,

however the volumes of cargo carried by IPBCC have continued to grow and the current 18 members carried

600,000 TEU in 2002, 250,000 TEU Eastbound and 350,000 TEU Westbound.

Members of IPBCC Conference

ANL

CMA-CGM

Hamburg Sud

Hapag Lloyd

Maersk

K Line

MISC Berhad

CSAV Norasia Liner Services

PNSL

Rickmers Line

Safemarine

The Shipping Corporation of India

UASC

Yangming

Zim Integrated Shipping Services Ltd

Page 186: Liner Services

CONSORTIA OR ALLIANCES

The conference schemes or the mergers and takeover by the big shipping groups could NOT supply the

required solution to the problems arisen out of container revolution. The high cost of new ships was one of

the factors which influenced the move towards containers but container ships themselves with their 21/2 suits

of boxes were much more expensive than the conventional ships they were supplanting and to this had to be

added the cost of equipment ashore to handle the containers.

So the problem of no one owner being able to supply a regular / frequent service by itself was made even

greater. Part of the sales-talk convince shippers and consignees of the advantage of containers was the way

that a steady steam of containers would enable buyers to have a dependable ‘pipeline’ and so keep their

inventory of stock to a minimum.

The lines had to provide a regular and frequent service, which they could sell as being geared to taking the

goods from manufacturers ‘off the end of their production line’. Economy demanded the largest ship

possible; frequency demanded several such ships but if there were several owners in the same trade, each

of them ever fill such large ships was in question. This led to the scheme of consortia.

The consortia arrangements were varying in nature and few of such consortia are as under:

Shareholder Consortia

Tonnage Pool Consortia

SHAREHOLDER CONSORTIA

The need for a solution was clearly seen by the pioneers of containerization in Europe and when the decision

to containerize the UK / Australia service in 1967 the lines involved had decided that the best course of

action would be to form a single jointly owned company. The result was that P & O, Alfred Hold (Blue Funnel

Line), British & Commonwealth (Union Castle Line / Clan Lines) and Furness Withy jointly created Overseas

Container Lines Limited (OCL) and so the first container consortium company was born.

OCL committed themselves to the container revolution by building six ships which in conventional term would

be 29,000 tonnes DWAT but now the new way of describing general cargo ships came into vogue and these

new ships were referred to as having a capacity of 1200 to 1500 TEU. That new fleet effectively replaced

more than 25 conventional general cargo liners.

Page 187: Liner Services

This type of consortium, a new, joint venture ship owning company, is only one example of grouping, which is

loosely described as consortia. OCL (which incidentally and paradoxically is now wholly absorbed into P & O

Nedlloyd – now a part of Maersk – taken over by Maersk) worked on the principle of the member lines being

simply shareholders with the joint venture company being the actual owner or charterer of the ships and

having its own sales and marketing departments quite separate from those of the component companies.

TONNAGE POOL CONSORTIA

One element in commerce that is often overlooked by those only on the fringe of the study of economics is

the need to inspire confidence. When two or more entities are marketing an identical product or service at an

identical price the level of its confidence in the supplier influences the buyers’ choice. Such confidence may

simply be the nationality of the supplier or even something more remote like its ‘personality’, which convinces

the buyer that the particular supplier offers a better service. This somewhat intangible element had been well

known to those engaging freight salesmen in conference lines for decades before containers had even been

thought of.

Applying this concept to a container consortium meant finding a way for a group of ship owners to pool their

ships but not to lose their respective identities. Some such groupings, from several different countries,

solved this problem by forming consortium in a particular trade with each participating owner ‘contributing’

one or more ships to the group. Generally each participant’s contribution will determine the proportion of

each sailing, which will constitute that owner’s share. Each owner is then committed to pay an agreed sum

per slot whether it is used or not.

Perhaps a word here about the term ‘slot,’ which will often crop up in container talk. Any ship with some

degree of dedication to the container trade, whether it is no more than a series of strategically placed eye-

bolts to lash containers down or it is a fully cellular purpose-built container carrier, will have a pre-determined

plan of how containers may be loaded and the total number. Although there will be provision for 20 foot and

for 40 foot containers the total maximum container capacity is almost always referred to as a total number of

TEUs and each space for one TEU is colloquially referred to as a slot.

Each participating owner in such a consortium undertakes to pay so much per slot – even in that owner’s

own ship – into the common fund and each owner is able to charge to the same common fund certain costs

to the general pool such as port expenses, tugs,

Stevedoring, etc. but not expenses directly relating to the ship such as repairs and crew costs. The group

will agree how bunkers and similar consumables are paid for because decisions may have to be made at

Page 188: Liner Services

short notice by the group to reduce or increase speed to maintain schedules, and port congestion may be the

luck of the draw.

Each such consortium has various joint committee(s) to deal with such day to day things as vessel

scheduling, or on the other hand future strategy including the number of vessels and new members. There

are also more tactical subjects such as how to ensure an equitable sharing of the limited number of slots that

may be allocated to hazardous cargo or whether to leave cargo unshipped in order to avoid delay through a

strike. Each participating owner, as was mentioned earlier, has a share in each ship relating to the number /

size of ship(s) contributed to the consortium’s fleet and this can be a problem as well as a blessing because

the slots have to be paid for whether they are used or not. This problem is partly offset by consortia usually

writing into their agreements a procedure for selling surplus slots to fellow members, or buying slots from

them if they have more cargo than expected.

This type of consortium operates on the basis of each participant marketing its own allocation of slots and

operates its own inland organization so it competes just as much with other members of the same

consortium, as well as with other consortia and lines.

REVENUE SHARING CONSORTIA

Many of the early tonnage pool consortia also operated a sharing of revenue / contribution. The implications

of this included revenue pooling gradually moving from a being a conference to a consortium function. Such

consortia could loosely be looked upon as ‘profit pools’ where a line’s own bottom line was a share of the

combined bottom line of the group. An individual line had no control over the competence or effectiveness of

the other member lines.

SINGLE MARKETING IN CONSORTIA

In another case the owners, perhaps seeing the success of OCL, apparently decided that the members of

the consortium competing against each other as well as the rest of the conference was wasteful. They were

not, however, prepared to be simply shareholders in a new company so went halfway between the two by

‘contributing’ their own ships but forming a separate marketing company to ‘sell’ the cargo space;

SANDUTCH was a classic example of this system.

GROWTH AND MATURITY OF CONSORTIA

Very soon the pressures of scale caused further refinement of Consortia operations. By the very early 1970s

shareholder Consortia such as OCL were already combining with other lines or groups to form larger

Page 189: Liner Services

consortia. The process of merger and acquisition among the longer established companies continued during

the 1970s and into the 1980s, but there were also important newcomers entering the scene from Korea and

Taiwan as well as South East Asia and in Europe new aggressive independents such as MSC and Norasia

or longer established companies such as Sealand or Maersk taking a new look at their future in the container

trades.

Despite all these changes, albeit against a background of ever changing membership the consortium

concept survived for more than twenty years well into the 1990s. By this time not only was the concept of

Consortia operation well established and understood by the merchants, but Governments, Customs, Ports,

Terminals as well as the banking and insurance communities had co-operated in making changes to their

rules to accommodate the concepts. For example, Customs in many countries would accept separate

manifests from each of the lines with cargo slots on a vessel instead of insisting on a consolidated manifest.

This helped protect the confidentiality of commercial information. The success of the consortia was such that

in some major trades the consortium was able to offer more than one service on a particular route. These

have become known as ‘strings’. Thus a consortium may have two sailings a week from Europe to the Far

East, one of which might proceed to South East Asia via Suez, sailing on to Taiwan or Japan, while the

second string might sail first to Japan via Panama then to Korea before sailing further south. The

Consortium’s customers benefit from faster services to key ports.

The conference system successfully coped with consortia but not without some problems. One example had

been that of cargo shares. Within a conference it was usual for each line to negotiate not only the number of

ships it would put into the trade concerned, which in effect agreed that line’s share of the available cargo, but

also agreed the countries within the range served by that conference. For example, a line owned in Korea

might not normally expect to negotiate the right to canvass for cargo to, say, Malaysia. But the tendency has

been for all lines in a consortium arguing in favour of each member having the same rights.

It is probably true that another factor that has led to the demise of the traditional liner conference is the

development of the consortium system, with its need within itself to be competitive both in price and service,

having created what might be termed a ‘mini-conference’.

To summarize the consortia service it can be stated that Consortia is a group of shipping lines, who agree to

rationalize sailing in a particular trade route and carry each other’s containers.

In 1992, liner shipping was in distress, where many liners wanted to offer a globe service network to their

customers. Investment requirement was huge and it was not affordable to many lines.

Page 190: Liner Services

At the time many like-minded carriers came up with the idea of forming a strategy alliance with other

international carriers to establish a global service network. The world’s first global alliance came into

existence in 1994.

1992-93 transpacific trade saw solid, double digit cargo growth in Asia trades. Major trans – pacific carriers

looked at this growth as great future, at the same time they were being offered highly concessionary terms

from ship yards looking to fill their order books. Many trans – pacific shipping lines decided to acquire new

vessels.

1996 – 97 saw a dramatic increase in new container capacity in the pacific, when the cargo demand was

beginning to level off. The pressure to fill ships in both directions and hold into market share caused rates to

fall substantially i.e., 30 to 50% drop over 18 months.

Looking at the benefits of consortium and drop in cargo volumes, majority of carriers followed the suit,

favoring similar alliances. Major advantage of consortium is that carrier continues to deal with their loyal

customers and maintain corporate identity.

ADVANTAGES OF CONSORTIA

Rationalization of freight rates amongst consortia members. Irrespective of the number of members, every

one will have to follow same rate.

Container shipping services & operations by sharing all resources

Improvement in the quality of service

Better sailing frequency & better transit time

Appropriate joint use of vessel fleets

Reduced operating costs such as feeder / port / terminal costs

Maintain corporate identity while using the fleets of other carriers

Maintain fair competitive conditions among its members

Greater sales coverage

Through the sharing of vessel space, terminals and equipment, participating shipping companies can

achieve cost reduction derived from economics of scale.

DEVELOPMENT OF ALLIANCE SERVICES

The consortia concept lasted well into the 1990s but members found they were facing increasing problems

largely because of a change in the requirements of their customers, especially the manufacturing exporters.

Page 191: Liner Services

The difficulties between consortia partners arose in the main from differing marketing philosophies and the

introduction of total logistics thinking, because of this they impacted initially on the pooled consortia;

Scandutch, ACL, SAECS & ANZECS. But the others were not immune and substantial rationalization by

acquisition followed. P & O for example initially acquiring all its OCL and ACT group partners shareholdings

and subsequently merging with Nedlloyd.

This emergence of the mega- carriers led to super alliances and an attempt by the carriers to meet the new

customer demands which themselves arise from the global market place which themselves arise from the

global market place which at its lowest denominator might be described as “McDonald and Coke for all”. A

large number of new phrases have entered the international transportation vocabulary: -

Just in time

Channel flow management

Supply chains

Global logistics

And most of these are driven by the needs of the manufacturing and retailing industries, which are in turn

driven by Information Technology (IT).

These needs are to:

Reduce the number of suppliers used globally

Buy an integrated service covering transportation, storage, distribution, documentation, etc from a single

supplier (one stop shopping)

Concentrate on core activities with outsourced service provision (that is buying service activities from

external contractors instead of handling them in-house)

Achieve minimum inventory stocks

Know the whereabouts of goods in transit.

In meeting these needs carriers much offer the widest possible geographic cover, fast, frequent services, and

reliable sophisticated tracking and reporting. The major international manufacturing companies want to deal

with just two or three suppliers who will no longer be shipping lines or even multimodal operators but which

provide a total package from factory to retailer. This is the underlying rationale behind the ‘Alliances’ of the

late 1990s.

They did suffer from an inherent instability, which was seen within the first year in the lives of the ‘Grand

Alliance’ and the ‘Global Alliance’. The Alliances came into being at the same time as the search for further

Page 192: Liner Services

rationalization by the bigger (as well as a number of the smaller) lines. Both the P & OCL / Nedlloyd and

NOL / APL mergers required a restructuring of the Alliances of which they were members, and other mergers

will follow.

MEGA CARRIERS AND SUPER ALLIANCES

There is already evidence that the most successful of the Alliances will comprise one lead member, carrying

out a significant role in the operation and policy making of the Alliance with the other, usually smaller

members, being associates rather than equal partners. Further mergers will continue, leading to major deep

sea containership operation being concentrated into less than 20 companies worldwide by 2010 with a

further reduction to follow. By 1998 eight carriers operated about one third of world containership capacity.

There is a danger that the niche or independent operator will be left only with the feeder or short distance

legs that do no provide enough volume for economy of scale. Recent years have seen the growth in all parts

of the world of the deep sea line controlled feeder service on the more attractive routes who have then

entered the market for domestic cargo. This places pressure on the traditional short sea operator.

While shippers are going to benefit from ease of access to global individual carriers, this could mean the

growth of quasi monopolies. The rate pressure of recent years has already reduced the number of active

smaller independent lines to a point where they are unable to compete fully in the main trades. As this trend

continues the shipper will be faced with negotiation with a few ‘majors’, which may suit the multinationals but

will leave the smaller shippers in a disadvantaged position.

Alliances could return to single marketing or even the ‘one stop shop’. The individual mega carriers do just

that, it may well be that the smaller carriers in alliance will need to reinvestigate the ACL / Scandutch concept

in order to be considered by the large customers.

GRAND ALLIANCE MEMBERS

Hapag-Lloyd

M.I.S.C.

N.Y.K. Line

Orient Overseas Container Line (OOCL)

The Grand Alliance is comprised of trades in the transatlantic, transpacific and Europe-Far East. MISC

participates only in the Europe-Far East Trade.

Page 193: Liner Services

Few of the worldwide Liner Services are tabled below:

Name of the ServiceTrade Lane Tonnage deployedPort rotation

Europe – Asia - Europe 6 vessels 37,038 TEUSouthampton - Amsterdam - Hamburg - Le Havre - Singapore - Kobe - Tokyo - Singapore – Southampton

Asia – Europe – Mediterranean – Middle East – 8 vessels 60,207 TEUKaohsiung – Shekou – Yantian - Hong Kong - Singapore (PSA) - Le Havre – Amsterdam – Hamburg – Antwerp – Southampton - Gioia Tauro – Jeddah - Jebel Ali (Dubai) - Singapore (PSA) – Kaohsiung

Europe – Asia - Europe 8 vessels 68,610 TEUSouthampton – Hamburg – Rotterdam - Port Klang - Singapore (PSA) – Shekou - Hong Kong – Ningbo – Shanghai – Xiamen – Yantian - Hong Kong - Singapore (PSA) – Southampton

Europe – Asia – Middle East – Europe9 vessels 74,638 TEURotterdam – Hamburg – Southampton - Singapore (PSA) – Kaohsiung – Busan – Dalian - Xingang – Qingdao – Busan – Shanghai – Ningbo - Singapore (PSA) - Port Klang – Jeddah - Rotterdam

Mediterranean – Asia – Mediterranean9 vessels 57,197 TEUGenoa – Barcelona - Fos (Marseilles) – Damietta - Singapore (PSA) - Hong Kong – Busan – Shanghai – Ningbo – Shekou - Hong Kong - Singapore (PSA) – Port Kelang – Damietta – Genoa

Asia – Indian Sub Continent - Middle East - Mediterranean – North America - Mediterranean - Middle East - Indian Sub Continent – Asia

7 vessels 39,002 TEULaem Chabang - Singapore (PSA) – Colombo – Jeddah - Gioia Tauro – Halifax - New York (New York/New Jersey) – Savannah - Norfolk (Virginia) - New York (New York/New Jersey) – Halifax - Gioia Tauro – Jeddah – Colombo - Singapore (PSA) - Laem Chabang

Europe – Middle East – Asia - Indian Sub Continent – Europe

Slot charter with New World Alliance

Asia - North America - Asia 10 vessels 52,095 TEULaem Chabang - Singapore (PSA) – Kaohsiung - Los Angeles - Oakland – Tokyo – Kaohsiung – Shekou - Laem Chabang

Asia - North America - Asia 5 vessels 40,315 TEUXiamen – Shekou – Yantian - Hong Kong - Long Beach – Kaohsiung - Hong Kong – Xiamen

Asia - North America - Asia 4 vessels 12,210 TEUDalian – Xingang – Qingdao – Busan - Los Angeles – Oakland – Busan – Dalian

Asia - North America - Asia 6 vessels 15,254 TEUShanghai – Kobe - Nagoya - Tokyo - Sendai – Oakland - Los Angeles – Kobe – Shanghai

New World Alliance Members

APL Ltd

Page 194: Liner Services

Hyundai Merchant Marine Co Ltd

Mitsui OSK Lines Ltd

Geographic Scope

Europe - Far East, Transpacific and Transatlantic trades.

Profile

The New World Alliance (APL, MOL, HMM) covers the transpacific, Asia/Europe and Asia/Mediterranean

trades, co-operating with Yangming in the latter. APL and MOL were members of the Global Alliance until the

replacement New World Alliance was formed in 1997. The NWA additionally has a slot charter agreement

with Maersk Line & Evergreen Line.

Liner Services

Service Name Capacity deployedPorts of callAsia – Central America – North America – Europe – North America – Central America – North America – Asia

(Round trip transit time: 84 days)

11 vessels (49,838 TEU)Chiwan - Hong Kong – Kaohsiung – Busan – Kobe – Tokyo – Balboa - Puerto Manzanillo – Miami – Savannah – Charleston - New York (New York/New Jersey) – Rotterdam - Bremerhaven (Bremen / Bremerhaven) – Felixstowe - New York (New York / New Jersey) – Norfolk (Virginia) – Charleston - Puerto Manzanillo – Los Angeles – Oakland – Tokyo – Kobe - Chiwan

Asia – Central America – North America – Central America - Asia

7 vessels (34,019 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 1 vessel (4,389 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 3 vessels (13,953 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 5 vessels (32,395 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 4 vessels (21,614 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 4 vessels (20,432 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 2 vessels (9,551 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 5 vessels (27,884 TEU)

Asia – North America - Asia 5 vessels (26,502 TEU)

ESX (SAX) Asia – North America - Asia 7 vessels (36,628 TEU)

Europe - Asia – Europe 8 vessels (50,956 TEU)

Page 195: Liner Services

Asia – Europe - Asia 8 vessels (54,400 TEU)

Asia – Indian Sub Continent –Europe – Middle East – Asia

8 vessels (45,822 TEU)

North America – Europe – North AmericaOperated by Maersk Line. NWA is a slot charterer.

Europe – Asia – Middle East -Europe7 vessels (39,074 TEU)

ATN (TA3) North America – Central America – North America –Europe – North America –Central America – North America – Asia – North America

Operated by Maersk Line. NWA is a slot charterer.

Review Questions

1. What do you understand by the term ‘Hub & Spoke’? How this is different from RTW or End to End service?

2. Differentiate – Independent Service & Conference Services

3. What do you understand by the term ‘Consortium Service’? Explain the same with suitable example that

exists in your region.

4. State the developments of Alliance Services? What are the advantage and disadvantages of such a system

to the trade?

Page 196: Liner Services

5. Unit 4.3

DIRECT VS TRANSHIPMENT SERVICES

After we having understood the characteristics of the Liners Services, it would have become very obvious for

the students to easily calculate how many number of ships need to be put in service in order to offer a

regular service. No need to say that the ships put in operation should carry the cargo to its maximum

capacity in order to economize the cost and to ensure continuous service in the trade route. Before looking

into other operations cost, the prime factor that needs to be considered would be the calculating the market

requirement, the demand and the cargo generation.

Depending upon the services offered in between the ports, based on the port stay time, voyage time and

other related factors to complete one voyage from the port of starting and reaching back the same port, the

number of vessels have to be put in service.

Since the international trade is carried and the values exchanged through bankers on faith as well as through

Letter of Credit and or other arrangements based on the relationship of parties, certain conditions needs to

be complied with by the seller and a proof is generally submitted to the buyer for having complied with such

requirements of the buyer. Even a days delay, will affect the transaction of the seller and the seller will have

take the maximum possible care in effecting the shipments in time as required by the buyer. Despite all the

care taken, at times due to some unforeseen circumstances like strike, act of God, etc., unavoidable delay

may happen which has to be set right finding out a way to complete the shipment and realize the money.

Let us take out an example, where it would be required to put in a Far East Service from Chennai Port; it may

take about 35/36 days to complete the total voyage. If there is only one such a service offered by one

operator, the next voyage will be possible only after 35/36 days. A merchant cannot wait for 36 days, if he is

unable to reach the cargo for the scheduled vessel. As the production of cargo also depending upon various

circumstances and mainly on the labour force co-operation and upon completion of the production on the

weather conditions to move from the place of production till the Port of Loading, there could be lot of

uncertain events which may delay the movement thus resulting in a failure to connect the cargo to the

required vessel. It may not be possible for the shipping lines also to put in many / more number of vessels in

a trade route, unless there is sufficient amount of cargo. When the cargo is available, this alone cannot be

the deciding factor for the lines to put in their direct service vessel in a port since the decision will get

influenced on the infrastructure availability of the port also. Hence the decision of the shipping line to offer

direct service or a trans shipment service to the merchants will be based on numerous technical and

commercial factors. However, the merchants not to loose their order and to perform the shipments there are

ways to plan for their export of cargo and the same can be understood in detail by going through the

concepts of Direct and Trans Shipment Services.

Page 197: Liner Services

DIRECT SERVICE

An independent or alliance shipping line, operating services from one port to another port or group of ports,

without transshipping is called direct service.

In other words, Direct Service means a service under which a vessel operator carries the container / cargo

from the Loading Port to the Final Port of Destination with out off loading the container in any trans shipment

ports enroute.

For example, Services offered by Maersk Lines to US West Coast from Chennai Port. In this, the container

once loaded into the main vessel will not be off loaded in any ports enroute and will get discharged only at

the required port of destination.

Few examples of Direct Services are as below:

RCL service ( Chennai - S.East Asia Svc)

Chennai – Pkl – Sin – Bkk - Hochi

DAL (Deutshe Africa-Linien)

(Chennai-Med/Europe Service)

Chennai - Damieta – Macta – Lasyozia - Le Harve.

TCX Service

Samudera / Nyk / Rcl

Chennai – Pkl – Sin – Bkk – Vietnam

TRANS SHIPMENT SERVICE

An independent or alliance shipping line operating services connecting only hub ports from the port of

loading and trans shipping the containers to smaller market ports, through feeder vessels are called trans

shipment services.

In other words, Transshipment services means a service through which the container/cargo is carried by a

feeder vessel from the Gateway Port and delivered at the final port of destination undergoing trans shipment

in different hub / hub ports. In the first leg of voyage, the container will be carried from the port of loading to

Page 198: Liner Services

the transshipment hub. There the container will be off loaded from the vessel and will be loaded in the

mother vessel, then carried by the mother vessel and off loaded in the required port of destination.

For example, Cargo carried by APL Lines, accepting cargo at Chennai Port till Colombo in their feeder vessel

and in Colombo off loading the container and reloading the container in their mother vessel for onward

carriage to US East Coast Port.

Few examples of Trans Shipment Services are as below:

H&H Lines Service

3rd party feeder- Chennai- Colombo (transhipment)

Own vessel -Colombo-Karachi-Jebelali- Bandarabbas-

ADVANTAGES & DISADVANTAGES OF USING DIRECT VESSEL

Advantages of loading the cargo in a direct vessel from the Shipment Port to the Destination Port offers lot

advantages to both the seller and the buyer. The common features are listed below:

Advantages:

No Trans Shipment costs

Containers reach destination swiftly

No problem of roll-over at Trans Shipment ports i.e., the probable delay due to the mother vessel calling the

hub port with no space or any possible skipping of mother vessel calling the hub-port

Disadvantage

Need more vessel deployment.

Utilization of space may not be adequate.

Port coverage may be lesser.

The advantages from merchants angle is detailed as below:

SAVING IN TRANSIT TIME:

Page 199: Liner Services

Direct vessel offers reduced transit time as compared to a shipment effected on a trans shipment basis. The

amount of time saved will be based on the Port of Shipment and the Port of Destination and the Trans-

shipment ports used in the absence of Direct Vessel operating in the route.

For the immediate understanding the following route is taken to explain the time saving:

Example – 1

Port of Loading - Chennai

Port of Discharge - Savannah, US East Coast Port

Transit time if a direct vessel is used - 24 days

(MECL 2 Maersk WESTBOUND)

Transit time if a direct vessel is not used -

Chennai to Colombo - 2.0 days (APL Lines)

Vessel : LUMPHUN NAVEE 124 (taken from APL website)

ETD Chennai - 15-04-2007

ETA Colombo - 17-04-2007

Transit days - 2 days

Waiting time connect mother vessel - 2 days (18 & 19-04-2007)

Connecting Mother Vessel - New Delhi Express 716

ETD Colombo - 20-04-2007

ETA New York - 12-05-2007

Total transit days - From 15-04-2007 to 12-05-2007

29 days as against 24 days of transit time of a direct

vessel.

Example – 2

Imports –

Page 200: Liner Services

Shipment from Yangon to Chennai

Direct vessel Transit Time - 6/7 days

Trans shipment Vessel

From Yangon to Singapore / Port Klang - 4 days

Waiting time to get the connecting vessel - 4 days

Singapore / Port Klang to Chennai - 4 days

Total transit time from the time of booking cargo in Yangon till arrival of cargo into Chennai – 12 days (aprx).

From the above examples, we can understand that Direct Vessel Services Contribute to the trade lot of Time

Saving by offering lesser Transit Time.

REDUCED FREIGHT COST

When Direct Vessels are used to Export or Import, there will be an advantage of Savings on Ocean Freight

Rate. The reasons for difference in freight rate may vary from Operator to Operator but the following will

have an impact for such consideration of lowest freight rates.

An operator serving Direct Vessel may deploy a higher capacity vessel in between the potential ports and the

trade may prefer using their services because of lesser transit time. The fixed expenditure of a bigger

capacity vessel will more or less be same or will have very marginal impact as compared to operating a

lesser capacity vessel. Except for the Capital deployment on a bigger vessel, other expenses will certainly

have a better amount of saving in a higher capacity vessel. The expenditure may not be high on a pro rata

basis and the formula of variable expenses and the fixed charges will have a wide variance when a bigger

capacity vessel is operated as compared to a smaller capacity vessel. This cost saving is one of the reasons

for the Direct Vessel Operator to offer a lower Freight Rate.

Lesser transit time attracts more number of Trading communities to avail the services and this helps the

operator to fill their vessel from the point of loading itself to the maximum possible capacity. Maximum

utilization of space in the vessel with cargo assures the maximum income to the Operator. The economics

or the costing done by the Operator will change when the utility of the vessel is optimum. The fixed cost

expenditure at the load port and discharge port may not have any impact whether the vessel goes full of

partly loaded. To save cost on the fixed expenditure, a marginal costing system may be deployed by the

vessel operator and to ensure the fullest loading in the vessel. Moreover, when the direct vessels are

Page 201: Liner Services

operated in a long trade route, the vessel will fully be engaged in the voyage and the waiting time at the port

will be minimal. The amount of waiting time includes the time taken to berth, waiting time to get a berth,

before and after tugging time, etc. A feeder service operating between Chennai and Colombo will take about

7/8 days for completion of one voyage out of which 4 days will be in sea voyage and about 3 or 4 days will be

spent only in the berthing process and in the berths. For the direct vessels idle time is restricted and

efficiency utilization is more because of not wasting time in the berthing process and in berths. When huge

amount of boxes are carried in a Direct Vessel, more number of Cranes are deployed simultaneously and the

discharge and loading rate from and into the vessel will be more and faster which will increase the

turnaround time of the vessel better. This may help the Direct Vessel Operator to pass on some benefit to

the trade by way of reduced freight rate as compared to the freight, which will involve in a trans shipment.

When the advantages of capacity utilization and increased turnaround helps the operator to offer attractive

rates, one another factor of cost elimination in transshipment port towards the Terminal Handling at the time

of off-loading from feeder vessel and re-loading to the connecting Mother Vessel will have direct impact on

the freight rates. One another important point to be noted would be the amount of port rentals payable

beyond the free days in the transshipment points because of roll-overs / non-availability of space in the

mother vessel. In case of special equipment like refrigerated containers, the cost of power would be

extremely huge which could be avoided if the box is booked in a mother vessel.

RELIABILITY AT THE PLANNING AND EXECUTION STAGE OF CUSTOMER ORDERS

Direct Vessels availability from One Port to another Port is not having more frequency or in plenty.

Wherever there is no Direct Vessel connectivity between ports, Feeder services are used from the Gateway

Port to the Transshipment Port. Depending upon the mother vessel availability planning has to be done well

in advance. Any slight delay in feeder vessel sailing schedule will delay the process of reaching the cargo in

the transshipment port and by the time the feeder vessel calls at the port, mother vessel might have sailed.

When one connection is lost, based on the arrangement between the players, the cargo has to wait for the

next vessel to get loaded. Generally the time gap between the two sailings would be a week and this will

delay will have a major impact on the commercial business viability of the traders. Another reason for delay

could be that the mother vessel might be arriving at the transshipment port with limited space (since she is

already booked full) and may not be in a position to accept the cargo. This type of uncertain circumstances

can be overcome by booking the cargo through Direct Vessels.

INVENTORY CONTROL AND COST REDUCTION

The time effectiveness of the Direct Vessels help the Trading community to plan for their production and at

the other end for the stock and sellers to keep the optimum level of inventory to cater to the requirement of

Page 202: Liner Services

the ultimate point of consumers. In the cases of bigger projects commissioning, fear of late arrivals of few

important spares in time force the project executors to order for their entire requirement in one lot. Reliability

in Direct vessels help the project executors to plan for their activity and to book or to ship out the specified

item of cargo in different shipments and at right time. This not only helps the inventory control but also

avoids the confusion at every level because of having too many spares that will not be required to be kept in

one place. The optimum level of inventory control will enable them to plan for optimum size warehouse that

will in turn again save cost to the project.

INCREASED SHELF LIFE

Another important point to be remembered while planning to avail direct vessel service would include the

‘increased shelf life’ of the product because of faster transit time. This will be of immense use to the traders

dealing in perishable nature commodity or some sensitive commodity like life saving drugs, etc.

Page 203: Liner Services

TRANS SHIPMENT – FEEDERING

ADVANTAGES:

In smaller Ports, where there are restrictions on Draft and dearth of Handling Equipment, smaller vessel can

call on these ports overcoming the above deficiencies.

Where there is only limited cargo availability, but to be carried to a main port, the mother vessel calling at

these ports will not be economically viable; whereas smaller vessels can be deployed in these ports in order

to pick up the boxes to the hub port and vice-verza.

When a mother vessel is deployed, generally it is calling many ports and to complete one voyage, it may take

not less than 35/40 days depending upon the route in which it is deployed. Only a limited number of vessels

can be put in operation since the cost of the vessel is too huge and there may be a probability that every time

the mother vessel may not be full with laden boxes. Since the schedule is restricted, say, for example, the

mother vessel from Chennai Port to US may be once in a week. On that particular day, if the manufacturer

is not in a position to connect his cargo in the vessel, cargo has to be off – loaded in the terminal and only in

the next mother vessel, after a weeks’ time only the cargo can be shipped on board. This one-week delay

may cause lot of commercial inconvenience to the shipper. Few of them may be

The Letter of Credit validity for shipment may get lapsed and the shipper will have to get the amendment.

Every amendment requires lot of follow-up and delay in amendment will certainly delay the shipment further.

Every amendment will cost the purchaser and this cost will be passed on to the shipper, since the shipper

has not complied with the terms of the Letter of credit i.e., Delay in effecting the shipment.

The major disadvantage would be that the shipper might not be in a position to get a Bill of Lading to

negotiate with the Bank and get the money.

The all above disadvantages may be overcome by using the Trans Shipment Services. To conclude the

benefits of the Trans Shipment Services, it can be said that the advantages of trans shipment services are

the disadvantages of direct services.

While using the services of a feeder vessel, even one feeder vessel is missed, in the next immediate vessel

cargo can be shipped and this will enable the shipper to get the mother vessel connection as planned.

Page 204: Liner Services

Review Questions:

1. Explain Direct Service with practical example. State the advantages and disadvantages of Direct Service.

2. “Transshipment helps in the growth of the trade” – justify the statement

Page 205: Liner Services

Unit 4.4

SHORTSEA FEEDER SERVICES

A feeder vessel normally used for carriage of export containers from small market ports to hub port and vice

versa. At hub port main line vessel loads these containers and transport the same to final destination

Many main line carriers shuttle own short sea feeders between hub ports and smaller ports, to move their

containers quickly to final destination.

A 3rd party common carrier feeder vessel allocates slot space to many users who book the slot with such

operator. Such 3rd party feeder vessel is a neutral operator and may not have any direct competition with

their users, as they do not offer space or freight to the end user.

Many carriers book slots with such operators on a ‘block slot’ basis, where they have to pay the feeder

operators ‘used or unused basis’. Main line operators, NVOCCS and freight forwarders are their users.

These feeder operators charge their users on the basis of slot usage.

Advantages of 3 rd party feeder services:

The operating costs and resources shared by many users.

The user need to pay only for the slot used hence there is no pressure on individual user for filling the vessel.

Better frequency & transit of vessels.

Healthy relationship of user and operator as the service is neutral.

Disadvantage of 3 rd Party services:

No competitive advantage for carriers on sailing.

Can carry cargo only to the extent of their slot allocation.

May not be able to comply their service contract requirements.

No control over slot costs.

Example of Captive feeder

MSC Service

Chennai-Colombo VSL: MSC TERESA

Page 206: Liner Services

Example of 3rd party Feeders

Bengal Tiger Lines

Weekly service to Colombo (Chennai – Colombo) Vsl TIGER CLIFF

Weekly service (Chennai-Png-pkl-Sin) Vsl TIGER BRIDGE / TIGER SHARK

Sea Consortium

Weekly service to Colombo Vsl LADY FATIMA

Review Questions

1. Explain the concept of short sea feeder services with suitable example.

Page 207: Liner Services

UNIT 4.5

LINER FREIGHT RATE STRUCTURE

Irrespective of the type of shipment whether it is a break bulk or in containers, the rates charged have to

reflect the law of supply and demand. The major factor in shipping industry today is the competition.

Shipping conferences were introduced to stabilize freight rates, and to reduce the possibility of under-cutting

of rates by an over supply of operators.

Although with the development of FAK (Freight all kinds) and ‘Box’ rates the accepted form of freight tariff

has fallen into disuse in many trades, it is important to have an understanding of the structure and

background of the traditional tariff which remained in common use until very recent times. A Tariff in the liner

world is a published list of charges applicable to the types of cargo normally carried on the trade concerned.

The charges are based either on the weight carried, for heavy (dense) cargo, or on the volume taken up, for

light cargo. The cubic metre is now the standard unit having replaced 40 cubic foot, which was the common

measure. If the cargo occupies less than 1 cu.m. per tonne weight, the charge will be based on weight, or

deadweight. If more than 1 cu.m then the charge is based on the volume used.

The Liner Conferences set the amounts that members would charge shippers for carrying their cargo from

port to port or door to door in the case of containers. Generally, other than normal market forces, there is

little outside interference, however some Governments require consultation and approval before permitting

any rate increases while the USA continues to require rates to be filed with the FMC. In Europe the

competition authority disputes the right of conferences to fix rates for inland movement.

Essentially the laws of supply and demand fix the rates. The criteria for this was based partly on the principle

of “charge what the trade can bear” that is the rates are pushed upwards until shippers begin to look for

cheaper rates elsewhere. The lower end of the rate spectrum is, of course, governed by the need to ensure

an operating surplus.

In reality, whereas all conferences were able to set their own rates, they were all constrained by the rates

being set by non-conference operators.

Freight charge is the consideration paid by the shippers or consignees to carrier for moving their cargo

(transportation from one location to an other location) for using vessel space of liners. The allocation of

space to accommodate the cargo and to transport it from the port of loading till the discharge port has got

different type of expenses to the liner and the income out of such transporting should be more than the cost

Page 208: Liner Services

of such movement. The freight rates are set after taking into consideration of various factors as detailed

below:

FACTORS CONSIDERED WHILE FIXING FREIGHT RATE

The weight and the measurement of the commodity being shipped

The value of the commodity

The distance.

Efficiency of the port of origin and port of destination.

Maintenance cost of the containers

Port charges including tug hire, pilotage, port dues, lighterage etc.

Cargo handling expenses (cranage etc)

Various taxes

Freight forwarding, cargo brokers commission.

Nature of the cargo

Fuel / bunker costs & fuel efficiency of the ship.

Canal dues.

Cargo availability at the ports of call.

Charter market demand & supply of ships.

Equipment repositioning cost.

Vessel frequencies and speed of the vessel and transit time.

Value added service.

Other ports located in the same region.

Two most important parameters of cargo are weight and measurement. Break bulk or LCL cargo freight rates

are quoted in revenue ton basis i.e. weight ton or measurement ton whichever is higher. FCL rates are

quoted based on the size and type of the container.

In the case of ad-valorem B/L the value of the cargo will be mentioned in the B/L. In such case the carrier

Limitations of liability will be the stated value. Because of increased liability the carrier recovers higher freight

(advalorem basis eg 5% of the declared value on high value cargo such as gold and silver)

Many shippers do not mention value of the cargo in the B/L to avoid higher freight. Even carriers do not

prefer such declaration, as they have no means of checking. Not only the question of checking the value of

the cargo, but also the risk of their liability in case of loss / damage to the cargo.

Page 209: Liner Services

When we have noticed the various elements that need to be considered from port related angle as seen

above while fixing the tariff, from the operators angle the following few other considerations to be looked into:

FIXED AND VARIABLE COSTS

Any operator must take into account his fixed and variable costs. The operator will have to consider whether

the cost can be recovered against each leg.

FREIGHT VOLUME

Like in any other business, shipping also has got a consideration on the volume. When the volume is

assured, it has an impact on the pricing and tariff structure. The volume of freight moving between ports

must be considered to offer a tariff. A large amount of cargo will facilitate a regular operation and maximum

use of ships and port facilities. Ships to earn revenue should always be moving with maximum cargo.

The assured volumes of cargo that need to be moved between ports play a vital role in fixing the freight rate.

The movement of cargo and the volume with certain schedules will enable the operators to plan for their

voyages and to offer an attractive freight rate.

THE COMPETITION

Whenever there is volume availability, it attracts numerous players to offer their services in the region. Every

player will become a competitor to the existing or present service provider and will be anxious to obtain a

market share. The business policy of the competitors and their efforts to penetrate the market will influence

the freight rates.

ECONOMY OF SCALE

This comes into effect with large, regular operations. Depending upon the size of business major players like

Maersk can afford to employ their own specialist in their roles to open up their own office in many of the

ports. This may not be possible for the small operators who will in turn try to avail agency services. It

depends upon the potential opportunity and the availability of cargo for movement, which enables an

operator to take a decision whether to operate with own branches or to engage agencies. At times, when the

business volume is more but the establishment expenses may be over and above to the expected

contribution from the business of that particular sector, an operator may prefer engaging an agency to take

care of the business in that particular region.

Page 210: Liner Services

OPERATING COSTS

This will be a major consideration in fixing a tariff. Any business is to make a profit and the profit will be a

result of deducting costs from the income. The costs will be various in nature and the following few are

having a significant consideration:

Crew wages and other costs

Bunker, Water and Stores cost

Repair and Maintenance Cost

Port Dues and Charges – Pilotage, Tugs and agency cost

Insurance and P & I club costs

Container Supply and Repair Costs

Depreciation Costs

Unless the above costs are recovered, the business cannot survive.

SURCHARGES

The tariff will have to include a surcharge or additional cost to cover additional expenses to which the carrier

will be liable. Most of the carriers charge base ocean freight for the transportation of the cargo based on this

factor affecting the freight and levy surcharges for the fluctuations in above costs. Since such fluctuations are

temporary carriers prefer to apply freight surcharges rather than tariff amendment. These surcharges are

subject to increase or decrease or abolished from time to time. If such scenario exists for a longer time then it

will influence the tariff amendment. Few of the cost under this category will be as below:

Currency Adjustment Factor – This is charged as a percentage of the tariff rate and is referred as CAF.

This is charged to safeguard the likely loss due to Currency fluctuations, which causes the rate against the

carriers’ currency.

Bunker Surcharges – This occur for similar reasons like CAF and charged on the trade. This is known as

Bunker Adjustment Factor or Fuel Adjustment Factor (FAF)

Canal Dues – Any variation in canal dues will have an impact on the tariff rates offered.

War Risks – This cause rises to Insurance Premiums and will have a direct impact on the tariff offered.

Page 211: Liner Services

Port Congestion / Strikes: The vessel operators calculate and fix a tariff considering various aspects like

aprx. time spent in voyage, the time spent in berth and the waiting at the outer anchorage before berthing of

the vessel and the aprx. estimation on discharge and loading of cargo. Due to port labours strike or due to

any other natural calamity or ports inefficiency to handle the vessel within the prescribed time limit, will force

the operators to incur additional cost. This cost will be recovered from the Trade to avoid the losses and

generally this will be known as CONGESTION SURCHARGE.

Peak season surcharge – Seldom applied

Winter surcharge – Seldom applied

The applications of such surcharges are jointly decided by all carriers in the same trade route and will be

published.

NATURE OF CARGO

Rates are adopted in a different way for carrying livestock, dangerous, heavy or over dimensional cargo or

valuable cargo to accommodate the extra expense of handling these commodities.

THE COMMODITY BASED TARIFF

Though the above various factors are considered while fixing a tariff, the final and important element in fixing

the tariff would be based on “What the traffic will stand” which has the effect when commodity based tariffs

are used.

GRI (GENERAL RATE INCREASE)

When there is a sudden change in the factors affecting the freight especially the cost escalation the

conference or alliance will have a consensus in increasing the freight and it is applicable to all their cargo in a

particular trade route, effective from a declared date. Normally all carriers involved publish such notice of

increase in leading shipping dailies, etc. jointly.

MRA (MINIMUM RATE ACCEPTABLE)

Based on the factors affecting the freight rates the carriers arrive at minimum rate acceptable between two

ports. This MRA need not be the tariff rate. The MRA will be communicated to the agents and they cannot

Page 212: Liner Services

charge less than MRA without the approval from the carrier. (The line accepts such requests in exceptional

cases)

Review Questions

1. List out the factors that influence the Liner freight rate.

2. What is the purpose of collecting various surcharges over and above to the basic freight rates?

Page 213: Liner Services

Unit 4.6

ECONOMICS OF A TYPICAL LINER VOYAGE

Economics of liner voyage depends on various factors. The costs may be broadly classified into Capital

Related Costs, Direct Operating Costs & Voyage Related Costs. There are specific factors that may affect

the relationship between costs and the shipping output. To list a few of such nature, it may include the

cargo load factor, vessel speed at sea, voyage distance (lesser the voyage time more time spent at port),

cargo handling rates and related other factors.

Economies of scale exist in two principal areas of shipping. The ship itself, and port facilities, such as

container terminals. Economies of scale are of two broad types. Those, which are enjoyed by a single firm

through that firm’s individual policy, these are known as internal economies. There are external economies,

which result from the expansion in scale of the whole industry or a number of firms within the industry and

cause a decline in costs to all the firms in the industry.

Professor E A G Robinson classified internal economies under five convenient headings:

Managerial

Commercial

Financial

Risk Bearing and

Technical

MANAGERIAL ECONOMIES

These are concerned with the control of the organization. For example, a small shipping firm with only one or

two ships may find it cheaper and more efficient to have their ships managed by a specialist management

company instead of employing its own staff. Thus the small ship owner will benefit from the economies of

scale gained by a large management company

COMMERCIAL ECONOMIES

This at times referred to as marketing economies. Large production allows bulk buying at a discount. In

selling the marketing cost per unit of output and advertising is cheaper in larger volumes. The ship owner or

operator can achieve economies of scale by placing regular orders in respect of say maintenance or

bunkering.

Page 214: Liner Services

FINANCIAL ECONOMIES

Companies large in size have advantages in raising finance for expansion either by going to the public

through the sale of shares or through banks. This may not be all that easily possible for a small company to

convince their lenders. The premium may be high as compared to the cost at which larger companies raise

funds through banks.

RISK BEARING ECONOMICS

This is classified in to three types.

a) The risk that can be insured against - there is a fixed cost of insuring by way of paying premiums. It depends

upon the policy of the company whether to cover each and element that can be insured. While it will be a

very small amount for very large businesses it is a subject matter of compromising on the profitability for

small business units

b) The risk that can be borne by the companies – this is possible in case of large businesses, say for example

by introducing a new commodity. For small companies once lost something may put an end for the

business itself.

c) The risk that cannot be easily insured i.e., usually uncertainties

TECHNICAL ECONOMIES

These are concerned basically with the nature of production; in the present context the production of

shipping services and what some authors refer to in a limiting way as the economies of ship’s size. For

example, the increase in the size of the ship will result in increase in the total construction cost, but these

increases will be less than the proportionate increase in size.

When the internal economies are as listed above, the external economies vary in nature depending upon the

market served and on the pattern of trade from time to time.

In any business the profit is arrived comparing the revenue and the outflow. In Liner Voyages, the revenue

stream and the costs are outlined below. The below mentioned few items are only illustrative and not

exhaustive.

Page 215: Liner Services

REVENUE & RECOVERIES

Freight revenue – less commission / rebates

Surcharges

Terminal handling charges recovery

Inland haulage recovery

Stuffing / Stripping charges recovery

Direct Costs.

Bunker charges

Charter hire (If chartered vessel)

Feeder costs

Port charges

Terminal handling charges

Inland haulage costs

Stuffing / stripping costs

Equipment repositioning costs

Indirect Expenses

Vessel depreciation maintenance (if owned vessel)

Insurance

Crew wages

Office overhead (salaries & allowances, office rent, communication, conference charges etc)

Container storage

Container repair and maintenance

Container leasing costs

Depreciation on own containers

Financial costs on own containers (e.g. Interest)

The above clearly indicates the pattern of revenue and expenditure in liner shipping activity.

GENERAL PRINCIPLE OF COST ACCOUNTING OF A CONTAINER SERVICE

In a container service, many of containers / terminal / inland costs are assessed by the shipping agents,

leasing company and terminal operators against current month, in monthly accounts, and not in the usual

Page 216: Liner Services

conventional way against ship’s call and voyage number, because such expenses can not be linked to a

specific voyage / call (indirect expenses). All direct costs (costs directly incurred for the voyage) will be

debited through vessel disbursement account.

STRUCTURE OF ACCOUNTS SHOWING OPERATING RESULTS

Expenses debited monthly basis will be added in a 12 months basis

Vessel disbursements of all voyages performed during the year will be added

Similar method will be followed for earnings (including detention revenue)

This will provide the operating results.

Since the voyage duration will be unequal between different types of services, it may be necessary to make

prorata allocation of revenue and expenses based on the number of voyage days in each year to the total

voyage days of each such voyage.

GENERAL PRINCIPLE OF COST ACCOUNTING OF A BREAK – BULK SERVICE

The financial results of break – bulk in service have traditionally been issued on the basis of individual vessel

/ voyages. It is based on following.

Freight revenue less commission per round voyage

Ship’s daily costs (Amortization, interest, crew provisions, hull insurance, etc.) For chartered vessel this is

daily charter hire. The expenses under this item of the voyage is calculated by the number of days of the

round voyage

Port expenses, bunker costs of the round voyage, cargo expenses such as stevedoring, tally etc per round

voyage

General expenses: (shore staff salaries, office rent, communication, other office expenses etc.)

Most of the break bulk liner companies add the grand total of all these expenses for one year and divide this

by the total voyage days in a year to obtain cost per voyage day. It is normally expressed as a percentage

(e.g. 7-10%) of the sum of ship’s cost.

Page 217: Liner Services

Review Questions

1. Explain the different economies that need to be considered while starting a shipping business.

2. State the factors that affect or influence the economics of a liner voyage.

Summary

Types of Liner services – Independent Service – Consortium / Alliance Services – Direct Vs. Transshipment

services – Short Sea Feeder Services – Liner Freight Rate Structure and Economics of a typical Liner

voyage – Liner Conferences

In this unit, we have discussed the type of services that are offered by the shipping companies – hub &

spoke, pendulum, end to end & round the world services. From the point view of business policy, it was

discussed in detail about the nature and the advantages available to a shipping company if it operates as an

independent operator / conference / consortium / alliance member. The development and evolution of

conference system and conversion to consortium and then to alliance system has been enumerated for the

purpose of better understanding and for practical application in order to choose the best possible one system

in case of starting a new business. The factors that need to be considered while fixing the liner freight and

the various economies that affect the liner voyage is discussed. Students are advised to understand the

concepts of each and every item that is covered in this unit to obtain a better knowledge that will help to

discharge their duties in a better way while engaging themselves in shipping profession.

Page 218: Liner Services

BLOCK V

E-Commerce applications in Liner Companies – Internet Portals – Electronic Direct Interchange (EDI) data

by Liner Companies with Terminals, Liner Agents – Equipment Control Systems – Container Interchange

Services

Structure

Overview

Learning Objectives

5.1 Introduction to E-Commerce Applications

5.2 E-Services available with Shipping Companies

5.3 EDI Process – Exchanging of information within the organization

5.4 EDI Process – Liner Shipping Company and its customers

5.5 EDI Process – Liner Shipping Companies & Customs / Port / Terminal Operators

Summary

Review Questions

Overview

The use of computer systems and its development is inevitable in the present world. As we have noticed

from the earlier sessions, the shipping business requires lot of information and the same need to be

exchanged between various parties right from the seller till the buyer taking delivery. This unit will outline the

activities that are performed with the usage of EDI systems and the amount of manpower and time saving on

this account.

Unit 5.1

INTRODUCTION

Except for the activities that can be performed only with the physical presence of Men / Women, more or less

all other activities have been tuned or developed focusing the computer system and taking the advantage

over it in the day to day and minute-to-minute activities.

Computer based data processing systems now have a place in almost all types of businesses irrespective of

the size and nature of the business unit. Right from vegetable market, small coffee shop till the highly

sophisticated office, the computer and its services have become inevitable in the commercial world. Not only

Page 219: Liner Services

with reference to commercial activities it has become an inevitable one but also in the education system,

medical system, astrology and in astronomy too. Shipping Industry is not an exception to this, and the

shipping industry is one of the most favoured industries with the usage of computer systems and the growth

of shipping industry has got a direct link with the growth and development of new system in the IT field. The

choice of computer hardware today is greater than ever before, both in the range of manufacturers and in the

choice of types of systems, i.e., large central processors, or a number of separate systems on mini or

personal computers.

Like in any business, the computer applications in shipping business also can be divided into the following

broad categories:

INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL APPLICATIONS:

In any business the amount of transactions will be huge. Unlike the olden days, where the entire

transactions were just kept in book form resulting in enormous delay in tracing the details, the present day

computer system gives the best possible solution to the business executives. The usage of computer to

store the information and to retrieve as and when required is made easy to the users.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM:

In the present competitive world, the success of the management is highly depending on the information

availability in time and taking suitable corrective actions to upkeep the business. Using the computer to

summarize the data and to extract on an exceptional basis, using logical functions is an important support to

the business executives.

PLANNING AND MODELLING SYSTEM

The basic success of any business lies the better planning of that organization. Usage of computers to test

various alternatives in the course of planning the operation and management of the business has become an

inevitable one.

CALCULATION APPLICATION:

Computers are used as mathematical tool. The manual calculations takes more time and every time this has

to be done for the same unit. The usage of computers stores the data and saves a lot of time in

calculations.

Page 220: Liner Services

ADVANTAGES OF COMPUTERISATION IN LINER BUSINESS:

HANDLING OF LARGE DATA VOLUMES:

The movement of goods in international trade is always associated with the need to record significant

volumes of data. Most of the data are repetitive in nature. For example, container number will have to be

recorded many times in the course of its journey from origin to destination. The use of computer stored data

will avoid the need for data to be copied, thus reducing the clerical workload and avoiding the risk of

inaccuracies.

OPPORTUNITIES FOR DATA VALIDATION

The use of information stored on the computer can improve accuracy, as it does not have to be manually

recopied each time when it is used. Various logical checks can be applied to data on input, to avoid

capturing spurious data. For example, information on container movements can be checked against the

previous recorded position and status of the container, to check that one follows on from another.

DATA TRANSFER

The business of shipping involves lot of procedures and requires a lot of documentation work. The exporting

country should have to transfer the information to the importing country and the Liner operators are vested

with the responsibility to provide the necessary information about the cargo carried in their vessel to the

customs authorities. As we have seen in the earlier chapters, there is lot of documents involved and the

information on such documents will have to be exchanged between the load port and destination port.

We shall recapture few of the important documents involved and the transfer of information using through

computers in the subsequent sessions.

The usage of E-Commerce applications in Liner Companies is very huge and to realize its importance, one

should basically know the various operational activities in the shipping business.

The responsibility of the shipping company commences depending upon the type of services they offer to

their customers. While few a shipping companies offer only transportation of cargo between ports, few other

accept cargo from the warehouse of the manufacturer till the delivery of cargo at the buyers warehouse. The

application and usage of computer and its related system vary based on the level of information that needs to

be provided to the customers. The providing of information not only helps the customer to know the status

Page 221: Liner Services

of their shipment but also it helps the shipping companies to plan for further action and to align their other

services in time.

Review Questions:

6. Summarise the advantages of computer system and EDI Applications with reference to Shipping Business.

Page 222: Liner Services

Unit 5.2

E-SERVICES OFFERED BY SHIPPING COMPANIES

The amount of services that are offered by liner shipping companies through EDI and website can not just be

listed out in total since every company vary in the nature of services that they render to their customers. The

most commonly available features are discussed in this chapter to get an outline of usage of computer and

EDI systems. We shall explore the application of EDI and e-commerce applications in the following areas:

Liner Shipping Companies – Load Port & Disport

Liner Shipping Companies – Inter Departmental usage – Documentation, Operations, Marketing & Finance

Liner Shipping Company & and its Customers

Liner Shipping Companies & Customs Department / Port / Terminal Operators

EDI PROCESS – LOAD PORT & DISPORT

As we have noticed from the earlier lessons, the amount of documentation work involved in shipping activity

is huge. From the statutory angle, filing the Manifest in time with customs and also to the port is an

important one. Before the usage of computer system, manual preparations were on and the necessary

copies will be made separately and each one was to be submitted to customs, port and one copy would be

kept in the office for future reference. Getting the documents copy by fax for the short distance sea

transactions and getting it through courier / mail itself was not only a time consuming but also a very costly

affair. After getting the information from the load port, then converting the same to match the module of IGM

prescribed by the customs, modifying the same to suit the requirement of Port was again a time bound

process and also required different specific skills to complete the activity in time.

Now days, with the advent of computer system, once the vessel sails out of the port, the load port can

transfer the entire details about the shipment to the discharge port through system. Most of the shipping

companies feed the bill of lading information in the system and the same is mostly system generated. The

transferring of bill of lading information through the system has become very easy and common now rather

than faxing the documents from the load port to the disport for their further documentation. Once the data

available in the office of the load port is transferred through EDI, the shipping company’s office at disport will

have to just down load the information sent by the load port. Only few additions / modifications in the fields

may have to be made in the system like the mentioning of a particular CFS / ICD code, direct delivery, etc. by

the disport office to comply with their local custom / port formalities. Once the data is downloaded and further

required information is fed in, no requirement of manual copies (unless very specifically required for as per

Page 223: Liner Services

the requirement of company policy / customs advise, etc) and the data may be converted in the form a CD

may be handed over to the Customs as well as to the Terminal / Port. This system of EDI has the following

advantages:

Paper less office

Efficient usage of time

Avoidance of multiple / duplicate / repetitive work

Review Questions

1. List out the usage of E-services / EDI application in the day-to-day activities of a shipping company.

Page 224: Liner Services

Unit 5.3

EDI PROCESS - LINER SHIPPING COMPANIES – INTER DEPARTMENTAL USAGE –

DOCUMENTATION, OPERATIONS, MARKETING & FINANCE

We have seen in the earlier lessons the responsibility of various departmental managers. In Liner Shipping,

the interaction between various departmental managers is a continuous one. Once the Documentation

Department gets the information from the load port about the loading status / tentative arrival of containers

into the disport, based on the one time down loading of information through their system, other departments

will be in a position to have an access and to plan for their activities. While documentation department will

be starting their activities to comply with statutory requirements, marketing department may start sending

cargo arrival notices to customers and make out a tentative projection on equipment turnaround and start

taking future bookings. While Operations Department may plan to segregate the units to move it to their

nominated CFSs / ICD and plan for empty repositioning to their designated depots, finance department may

update their module with container landing date, gate out date of the container from terminal and other

relevant fields, upon getting reports from terminal about container landing and gate out data.

For all the above various departments, only one centralized importation of data from the load port is sufficient

to start their activities and to tune it to their further requirements. While Operations department monitor the

movements from the terminal through the EDI report received from the terminal, the same report will be used

by the finance / documentation department to find out the storage charges involved for the containers over

dwelled in the terminal beyond the free days. The automatic updation (depending upon the shipping

company’s software provisions) ensures right billing on the customers.

In nutshell, the usage of EDI / Computerized record maintenance is of immense help to the liner shipping

companies in handling various departments by having one common data that is very repetitively used by

various departments for their further processing and future planning. No doubt, to a greater extent,

duplication, storing of paper documents, time delay in searching or retrieval of information is avoided /

minimized with the usage of computerized environment.

Review Questions

1. Explain how the EDI is useful within the organization.

Unit 5.4

EDI PROCESS - LINER SHIPPING COMPANY AND ITS CUSTOMERS

Page 225: Liner Services

Each and every company has got their own system of exchanging information and based on their business

coverage, they develop their web system enabling the customers to know about the activity of the company

to avail the services. The most commonly available services through the web system covers the following:

BOOKING REQUEST AND CONFIRMATION

Before the development of computer system and e-mail bookings, the shipper either directly or through his

logistics provider will check with the shipping line for making a booking for transportation of cargo between

the load port and disport. A booking request will be manually prepared and sent giving the details of

shipment. Shipping company will confirm separately about the booking to the shipper / their agents. The

mailing / couriering the booking request and the line confirming the status itself will take not less than 2/3

days depending upon the distance between the shippers place and the shipping line’s office.

Now with the development of computer system, the booking can be made ON LINE through the EDI facility

available with the Liner. There should be a proper interface between the customer office and the liner office

for availing the best possible results. The shipper can send the Booking request, which can be accepted

and confirmed by the liner office in few minutes by a mail.

BILL OF LADING INFORMATION

Earlier the system was such that the manual draft preparation of bill of lading would be checked by the

shipper or his agent and upon their confirming the details; original bill of lading will be typed. This was not

only a time consuming process but also require lot of paper documents to be kept in the file thus occupying

huge space even after completion of shipment. With the EDI facility, the template once created can be saved

and only if any corrections / additions / modifications required, the same be done by the shipper / their agents

and sent to the liner office. Liner office can prepare the Original Bill of Lading without spending much of time

and keeping the templates received from shipper does not require much of space to store. This eliminates

the paper handling to a greater extent.

INVOICING

Liner office can send in their invoice through system for their services. This ensures that the invoice is

reaching the concerned person in the shipper’s office in time.

ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER

Page 226: Liner Services

This system facilitates the fund transfer from the shipper for the services rendered by the Liner office through

EDI system upon receipt of invoice, as per the agreed terms and conditions. This reduces the paper travel

from one office to another office, approaching the banker for preparation of DD and other relevant exercises.

ARRIVAL NOTICE INFORMATION

Every shipper would be closely monitoring the arrival status of the cargo. One of the functions of the shipping

company is to send cargo arrival notices and trans shipment advices. The EDI facility reduces the work load

of taking independent notices and produces a set of notices for the data imported through EDI from the load

port / trans shipment hub.

The development of web based up-dation enables the shipping company to concentrate in their activities

rather than answering to customer queries on a regularly basis. Most of the shipping companies update their

website wherein the details of shipment is captured from the time of loading till the arrival of cargo in the

disport. When the details are getting updated in the web site of the liners, based on the relationship

established between the customer and the liner office, through this EDI facility, directly the liner office can

reach the arrival information to the customer’s office.

SHIPMENT STATUS INFORMATION

With any one of the available information like container number, bill of lading number, the shipment status

can be viewed from the website of the liner shipping company. The importer/ consignee can get the

information about their shipment sitting in their place at any point of time.

BENEFITS OF EDI SYSTEM

It offers better communication process between the shipper and the shipping line

It eliminates keying in the data once again and thus eliminates errors and rechecking of the information

It eliminates paper handling and the document storage

It improves the accuracy of data

It eliminates the need for using some other mode of communication of information like faxing, etc.

Page 227: Liner Services

Few of the information / services that are commonly available to the customers under e-business / web

system of the shipping lines are indicated as below:

RATES & TARIFFS

Before the development of web and computer systems, a shipper will have to approach the liner to get the

tariff / rates over phone and then the same will be taken on paper for the purpose of comparison of rates

quoted by various lines and the decision was arrived at to prefer a shipping line. Now, most of the liners

have their tariff available in their web-systems. The rates / tariff will get updated by the company on a

periodical basis and this may be with few companies on a daily basis / twice a day basis. The shippers can

just by keying in the load port, disport, commodity information (along with other as required by the system),

can have the freight rates. By taking the information from various shipping lines web site, the shipper can

discuss with any one specific liner to get any special rate or bulk discount based on the volume. This tariff

information on web helps the traders to have access to the rates at any time, at any place and without

spending much of time and efforts. Only requirement should be that the shipper to have an Internet

connectivity to access the available data.

SCHEDULES

We have seen in the earlier sessions that one of the characteristics of the liner shipping is to publish the

schedules. Though the schedules are being published by most of the shipping companies in the local dailies

(shipping related), the information available and updated in their website helps the trader to have the

information immediately on their table just at the click of the mouse.

B/L INSTRUCTIONS

We have noticed the booking and the booking confirmation can be had through using systems connected

with proper interface between the shipper’s office and the liner office. In international trade, the seller and

the buyer are situated in far off places and endorsing the title document, called bill of lading, the seller

transfers the ownership of goods. The transaction of sale and payments is though possible under various

modes like advance payment, documents against sight / acceptance, most of the traders prefer trading,

under a letter of credit. A letter of credit is a document that ensures the payment to the seller through the

buyer’s bank, upon complying with the terms and conditions stipulated with. One of the conditions in the

letter of credit, normally would be about the bill of lading and the shipper / consignee / notify party clauses in

addition to other usual clauses as below:

We have seen earlier the functions of a Bill of Lading –

Page 228: Liner Services

It is a receipt for the goods

It provides evidence of a contract of carriage

It is a document of title

Hence the information available in the bill of lading should be clear and unambiguous. A bill of lading will

have normally the following details.

The name of the operator: The bill of lading should be signed by the operator issuing the bill or by his agent.

The parties to the transaction: The name of the shipper, the consignee, any agents acting for the shipper or

consignee and notify party details. If the consignee is shown as “To Order”, the bill of lading can be

endorsed by the shipper to a named third party, or by means of a general endorsement, in exactly the same

way as a cheque can be endorsed to a third party.

Description of goods – The number of packages, marks & numbers, weight and measurement, commodity

description, the container number and seal number in case of FCL shipment.

Origin and Destination of Goods: A bill of lading will contain the details about the name of the vessel that will

carry the goods and the port of loading and the port of discharge. In case of multimodal transport system,

the place of delivery will also be included.

Type of Service & Freight Payment:

The service provided by the operator will be mentioned in the bill of lading showing FCL or LCL, place of

receipt and place of delivery, the freight payment details, etc.

The place and Date of issue - A bill of lading cannot be issued before the goods have been received by the

carrier and should contain the details about the place and date of issue.

On Board bill of lading can be issued only upon receipt of cargo on board the vessel and in exchange of

mate receipt. Any discrepancy in the bill of lading will result in amendments and in time delay. This can be

avoided by using EDI / system facility of the liner shipping company. A template of bill of lading instructions

can be sent and the draft bill of lading can be viewed. Any additions / corrections / modifications can be

made by the shipper and sent to the liner office and the liner can finalize the bill of lading. This facility

reduces a lot of time in the process.

Page 229: Liner Services

E BILL OF LADING – PRINT

Few a shipping companies have the facility of E-Bill of Lading. Though technically it has lot of problems as

of now and the acceptance has not come with most of the traders, with top ranking shipping companies, E

bill of lading facility is available. The shipper can take a print out (with due digital signature) at any time and

at any place.

DIVERSION REQUEST

With few liner shipping companies, a request for diversion of shipment from port of destination to another

port of destination can be placed with using the EDI system. Though lot of formalities is subsequently

involved, placing the request is enabled without spending much of time

Review Question

1. List out the e-services that are generally available in a shipping company.

2. What are the advantages available to the customers by using the e-services offered by the shipping

companies?

Page 230: Liner Services

Unit 5.5

EDI PROCESS - LINER SHIPPING COMPANIES & CUSTOMS / PORT / TERMINAL OPERATORS

The technological improvement in IT not only gives solutions to Liner shipping industry but also to other

related statutory authorities and relevant agencies. The different types of business units are broadly

classified for us to understand and to relate the usage of EDI system. When the nature of business unit is

different from that of each other, every liner will have to complete the custom and port formalities as required

by the customs / port authorities.

In Import Cycle and in Export Cycle, the cargo is classified as –

Break Bulk

Dry Bulk / Liquid

Containers

We shall consider the Import Cycle of handling containers.

The activity starts with sending vessel profile to the Port. After that the Voyage registration will have to be

made by the agent and the necessary information will have to be sent to the Port. Upon receipt of this, Port

allots the VIA No. to the vessel.

After this process, the IGM has to be filed by the Steamer Agent with the Port and Customs. Request for

Inward Entry has to be made by Steamer Agent to Custom. On receipt of such request, the Customs will

grant Entry Inward to Steamer agent and Port. While this process is on the following activity will be on:

Steamer agent submits the following to Port:

Berthing / Pilot Application, giving the vessel dimensions and cargo details.

Cargo details & Hazardous Cargo Declaration

Along with the declaration, the instructions regarding handling of Hazardous cargo

Stowage Plan

Advance Container List

Page 231: Liner Services

PHO Certificate

Plant Quarantine Certificate

Immigration Certificate

Upon receipt of all above, the Port allots berth to the vessel and provides the resources for handling the

vessel.

While the unloading operation is on, at every stage, for the cargo unloaded, there is a tally report made and

the same has to be given by the Port to steamer agent and also to customs. The surveyors of the steamer

agent will also get the tally report. If there is no excess or short landing, there is no much of formalities

involved. When there is an excess cargo landing, the details will have to be sent by port to customs. The

steamer agent will have to file a supplement IGM with customs and port for such excess landing.

When there is no excess landing, the further process begins. We shall discuss about the container trade for

our understanding on the EDI system usage in effecting delivery of box from the terminal. Depending upon

the practice of the port, after the consignee / their agents completing the custom formalities, port allows

delivery in any one of the following ways –

Direct Delivery of containers will be given to the consignees upon they submitting the necessary documents

for having completed the customs formalities.

Cargo can be destuffed from the containers and the cargo will be delivered against valid documents.

Neither there is a facility of effecting direct delivery to the consignees nor any facility to devan the containers

and to effect delivery of cargo alone. In this case the amount of formalities involved in transferring the

containers from the terminal to the CFS / ICD and the documentation process involved in getting the

permission is a time consuming one and the necessary papers of such request will have to move from table

to table from one office to another.

While the above three different practice exist with few of the ports, in few other ports there is a combination in

the style of effecting delivery of containers. Some portion of containers belonging to consignees enjoying

better rating with customs (RMS) may get delivered directly to the consignees and the rest will be moved to

the CFS. Whenever the container is moving out of the port, the same has to be updated and maintaining

manual record is not at all possible where the throughput is about a million TEUs in a container terminal.

While the containers are delivered from port, necessarily there has to be a gate pass and the preparation of

Page 232: Liner Services

gate pass on manual basis is not possible, where system only can contribute efficiency and time saving in

the activities.

Let us see the e-process application in the above area i.e., the permission formalities to move the container

from the terminal to a CFS.

COMPUTER SYSTEM & MOVEMENT OF CONTAINERS FROM TERMINAL TO CFS

We shall discuss the formalities involved in movement of containers from the port to the CFS in the first

place. Once we understand the procedure, it will make us to understand the facilities of EDI / COMPUTER

application system:

The Shipping company will have to file the IGM with Customs and Container Terminal – This gives the

details of containers / cargo carried in a particular vessel. (For the details available in IGM, refer earlier

chapters)

Apart from this IGM, giving almost the same information as below, shipping line submits one document called

Import Advance List to the terminal operator

o Container number

o Size

o Weight

o Description

o Load port

o Vessel Name – Voyage No and etc.

Though most of this information is available in the IGM, filing of such documents is in practice with few

terminals (even after the development of software systems that are specially designed to take care of the

requirement of shipping industry, there is one such duplicate document)

Along with the IGM Vessel Application will have to be filed – This contains the details of container number,

size and other relevant information. The container that carried the cargo has to be exported out of the

country of import, since it is used to carry cargo only and no duty is levied on the value of the container to

keep it in the importing country. Generally, a bond will be executed by the shipping line undertaking to re-

export the containers from the importing country within the specified time limit granted by customs. If the

container is not sent back within the time limit granted by customs, the agents will have to pay the duty on

the container value to customs or will have to seek extension of time limit for moving the container out of the

Page 233: Liner Services

country. Once the container is moved out of the country either with export cargo or in empty status, there is

a procedure for canceling the earlier bond submitted to customs. Though at few ports, there is an integrated

system available, i.e., automatic updation and cancellation of bonds filed at the time of importation of

containers, in few a ports, a separate application has to be filed with customs for such cancellation.

The shipping company will have to send intimation to the CFS operator for the number of boxes they will

have to move from their terminal to their CFS giving details like the container number, size, vessel name,

voyage number, consignee name, description of cargo, net weight, gross weight, etc.

The nomination of the CFS should be communicated to the terminal also

Upon receipt of the information, the ICD / CFS operator will prepare an application called Trans shipment

application in case of ICD and in case of local movement to CFS, an application as prescribed by the

Customs

Customs will co-relate the information available on the application with their system information and will give

permission.

Before giving such permission, Customs will ensure that the Bond executed by the CFS operator has got

sufficient value and then only allow. Once the bond is registered with Customs, the bond value will get

entered in the system and as when permission for movement is granted, the bond value will get reduced to

the extent of permission granted for movement of containers from the port to CFS. The basic purpose of this

bond is to ensure that the CFS operator moves the container safely from the terminal and reaches the same

in the customs notified placed i.e., the respective CFS.

At every document, required value will get debited in the bond account of the CFS operator

After debiting the bond account, the permission will be given by the Customs authorities for movement

CFS operator, then carry that permission and hand over the same to the terminal enabling them to allow

delivery and hands over a copy to their respective transporter along with the prescribed authority form

(example – delivery order / form 13 as practiced by chennai container terminal)

Container terminal receives the customs permission and allows delivery to the CFS operator

Page 234: Liner Services

The truck upon reaching the CFS will submit the same to CFS operations Manager, who in turn submits the

same to the Customs authorities in the CFS and takes an endorsement in the document for the safe reaching

of container

After obtaining the endorsement, the CFS operator will have to surrender the same to the Customs

Department for getting the necessary credit in their running bond account

Customs authorities after verifying the endorsement made in their permission copy by the respective CFS

customs officer, credits the amount in the CFS operators bond account

This cycle starts again and getting completed in the above mentioned process for each and every movement

of container.

Now, having undergone the process, let us understand the usage of EDI in the above process.

EDI ensures,

Generation of required number of copies for submission to customs and other relevant agencies

No paper generation and printing involved and the data travels through the system

No time consuming process and just at a click of mouse, transmission of data from one place to another /

other places are possible

Allows the other agencies to filter / modify the information provided through the system for their further

monitoring.

Like this there is a lot to list out, but the future scope of EDI in respect of the above process may take the

below shape or even a better shape when the days goes off:

Steamer Agents will be sending a request for movement of containers to their nominated CFS to Customs

Authorities through EDI and the copies will be marked to the respective CFS operator and Terminal

Customs authorities will be debiting the bond account of the CFS operator and will send the permission to

the CFS operator with copies marked to the Port Gate Officer, Terminal and the Steamer Agents

Page 235: Liner Services

CFS Operator may have to just take a print of the permission and then to send the same to the terminal

through the vehicle operator

Terminal may verify the same and load the unit onto the trailer

Port Gate Custom Officer will verify the data and permit the movement

Upon reaching the container in the CFS, the Customs Officer of the CFS may have to just enter the details of

arrival container and such up-dation of data in EDI will reflect in the customs division where the permission

was granted and the bond account of the CFS operator may get updated automatically

From the above we can understand the value of EDI and the necessity for moving to the usage of

computerized environment.

We have noticed the statutory requirement of filing of IGM with customs and other relevant documents to port

/ terminal authorities. The reproduction of same type of document or a similar document with very few

changes / additions is inevitable in shipping business. The manual process which was demanding more man

power, specialized skills, huge time and other related factors are now challenged with the usage of EDI and

computerized environment.

Terminal operations with reference to getting information and uploading in their system have become easy

since the data is received in e-form. With the advance software technological information, the data

submitted by the shipping company is converted or get fitted in to the operational system of the terminal.

Thus, once the data is fed into the system, say for example the load port enters the entire information with

reference to the containers loaded in a particular vessel, the data may just get transferred from the load port

to the disport and the disport makes the necessary inclusion / modifications as required by the customs / port

and submits the same using EDI facilities.

The information available in system thus useful to various authorities:

CUSTOMS:

To filter out the information on un-cleared cargo at any point of time

To know the status of clearing documents filed with customs (e.g., bill of entry)

To sort out of information on cargo description

To sort out the data to capture the information on specific commodity loaded from any specific country

Page 236: Liner Services

And other information as may be required from time to time

TERMINAL:

To know the arrival of containers in a particular vessel

To know the status of containers delivered

To know the status of containers available in the yard at any point of time

SHIPPING LINES:

To identify the containers against the delivery order already issued

To identify the containers which have not been reported at the empty depot after issuing delivery order

To identify for the containers the delivery is yet to be released

While the above just deal with specific routine work, the e-commerce application provides lot of benefits to

the shipping trade. The usage of EDI and e-applications in the shipping industry is still under the

development stage. EDI data between Liner Companies and Terminal is yet to undergo lot of changes /

modifications and the simplification in the usage of the same need to be reviewed at every stage of

operations.

Electronic Direct Interchange (EDI) data – between the Terminal and Liner Companies is helping out the

shipping companies in a greater way. The email system converted to EDI reduces the time and the details

are getting uploaded in the shipping lines system automatically (whoever have such interface facility). To

name few of the reports that are sent by terminal to liners include the following, apart from damage reports

and other relevant reports:

Import Discharge Report - This contains the information on containers got discharged from a particular

vessel giving the date and time of discharge

Load Report – Export – This gives details of containers loaded on a specific vessel, date and time

Gate in – Export Boxes reported – This report gives the details of containers reported for export and to

connect a particular vessel – whether the container is empty or laden

Gate Out – Import boxes moved out of the terminal will be covered under this report

Page 237: Liner Services

Getting information in right time is very essential in performing any task. Getting reports are the base

information of the shipping companies and they will have to process further based on these type of reports.

To cover a few, terminal handling charges and the storage charges for the boxes stayed beyond the free

days will have to be collected by the terminal from the shipping companies, who in turn will have to collect

the same from the consignees / their agents. While few shipping companies have got a direct connectivity

with the systems of the terminal, few others yet get the report from the terminal, download the same and fits

it in their system. When the auto updating is available, when the terminal keys in the data, the same will get

up loaded in the shipping companies system.

While there could be no variance in the THC charges for a standard size of container, the storage charges

vary based on the dwell time of the box in the terminal. To collect the same, data like the date of landing

and gate out has to be checked and the storage days to be calculated based on the terminal slab. In the

same way, it is important for the shipping company to know the same and to update in their system for

generation of bill on their customers.

The scope of EDI connecting the Liners, Terminal, CFS Operator and Customs Department is seen above.

The development of EDI and website updating has reduced the duplication of work and manpower

requirement to communicate the same data using various middlemen / agency offices. Few a liner shipping

companies maintain their inventory system and repair and maintenance activity and approvals through EDI.

The depot operator of the line has to just update in the website of the liner on the arrival and delivery

information of boxes that they have handled on that particular day. In fraction of seconds, the line would be

in a position to see the same in the web and plan for their activities. Earlier system of sending survey

reports for damages have gone and now it has come in such a way that the depot operator will take

photograph for major damages and upload the photo in the liner web and in other small damages the details

of damages will be fed in. The approving authority sitting in a remote and far off place can view the reports

and give clearance through web itself.

Summary

To summarize, the E-Commerce applications in the shipping industry is an inevitable one undergoing a lot of

changes on a day to day basis and by the time this print comes out, most of the items listed above might

have become obsolete and new systems could have been put in use. The E-applications have helped a lot

in the growth of the trade and in economizing the cost as well as the economizing of the resources of

shipping companies and the users too. At every stage, the information flow is very essential and this helps

the traders / merchants to plan for their activities. The services that are offered by the shipping companies

right from booking the container through the system and getting information on arrival through the system

Page 238: Liner Services

eliminates any possible delay in communications as well as performing the act. The concept of maintaining

a register and ticking for the arrival of container, making another tick for delivery or rounding off the container

number with different colour pens has been replaced with the development of EDI system. The success of a

business has got a formula of getting the right information and in right time. Though manual systems were

also producing to the extent possible right information, the amount of time consumed for preparation of such

reports could really be better utilized now with the help of systems. The duplication of work is eliminated

through the system usage and the sharing of common information with slight modifications / additions are

producing reports that are required by various agencies and functional heads in the shortest possible time.

The most important factor that need to be primarily considered in today’s world is to minimize the paper work

and possible cost reduction in storing the data. This is ensured by the computer system and adds enough of

value to the users and the customers.

Review Questions:

1. List of the reports that are exchanged between the terminal and shipping company. Also mention how

effectively EDI is used in exchanging such information.

2. “EDI system helps the Terminal and Shipping Lines to optimize their resources” – comment on this statement

and justify your views.